Plasma Display
This document was uploaded by user and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this DMCA report form. Report DMCA
Overview
Download & View Plasma Display as PDF for free.
More details
- Words: 23,454
- Pages: 83
ORDER NO.
ARP3075
PLASMA DISPLAY
PDP-502MX PDP-502MXE
THIS MANUAL IS APPLICABLE TO THE FOLLOWING MODEL(S) AND TYPE(S). Model
Type
PDP-502MX
LUCBW/1 YVLDK/1
Power Requirement
PDP-502MXE ––
Remarks
AC100 – 120V
––
AC100 – 240V
¶ This service manual should be used together with the following manual(s). Model No.
Order No.
PDP-502MX
ARP3078
Remarks SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM, PCB DIAGRAM, PCB PARTS LIST and IC INFORMATION
In PDP-502MX and PDP-502MXE, there are two different models (original model and value analysis model) respectively. Confirm the mark and serial No. of the product Rear side, and use each service manual. Refer to "Confirm it".
CONTENTS Confirm it ......................................................... 2 1. SAFETY INFORMATION .................................... 3 2. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST ............. 6 3. BLOCK DIAGRAM AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ....................................................... 18 (For SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM, refer to ARP3078) 4. PCB DIAGRAM ....................... Refer to ARP3078 5. PCB PARTS LIST ................... Refer to ARP3078 6. ADJUSTMENT .................................................. 46
7. GENERAL INFORMATION .............................. 60 7.1 DIAGNOSIS ................................................ 60 7.1.1 DIAGNOSIS METHOD ...................... 60 7.1.2 DISASSEMBLY ................................. 70 7.1.3 WIRING ............................................. 72 7.2 IC ............................. Refer to ARP3078 8. PANEL FACILITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS ....................................................... 76
PIONEER CORPORATION
4-1, Meguro 1-chome, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8654, Japan PIONEER ELECTRONICS SERVICE, INC. P.O. Box 1760, Long Beach, CA 90801-1760, U.S.A. PIONEER EUROPE NV Haven 1087, Keetberglaan 1, 9120 Melsele, Belgium PIONEER ELECTRONICS ASIACENTRE PTE. LTD. 253 Alexandra Road, #04-01, Singapore 159936
PIONEER CORPORATION 2000 T–ZZA AUG. 2000 Printed in Japan
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Confirm it PRODUCT REAR SIDE
Discrimination seal (SILVER)
Serial No. (
1∗∗∗∗∗
)
SERIAL NO. Serial No.
1∗∗∗∗∗ OTHER
Service Manual ARP3075 [This manual] ARP3078 ARP3037 ARP3044
2
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
1. SAFETY INFORMATION This service manual is intended for qualified service technicians; it is not meant for the casual do-it-yourselfer. Qualified technicians have the necessary test equipment and tools, and have been trained to properly and safely repair complex products such as those covered by this manual. Improperly performed repairs can adversely affect the safety and reliability of the product and may void the warranty. If you are not qualified to perform the repair of this product properly and safely, you should not risk trying to do so and refer the repair to a qualified service technician. WARNING This product contains lead in solder and certain electrical parts contain chemicals which are known to the state of California to cause cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm. Health & Safety Cod e Section 25249.6 – Proposition 65
NOTICE (FOR CANADIAN MODEL ONLY) Fuse symbols (fast operating fuse) and/or must be of identical designation.
(slow operating fuse) on PCB indicate that replacement parts
REMARQUE (POUR MODÈLE CANADIEN SEULEMENT) Les symboles de fusible (fusible de type rapide) et/ou pièces de remplacement doivent avoir la même désignation.
1.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS NOTICE : Comply with all cautions and safety related notes located on or inside the cabinet and on the chassis. The following precautions should be observed : 1. When service is required, even though the PDP UNIT an isolation transformer should be inserted between the power line and the set in safety before any service is performed. 2. When replacing a chassis in the set, all the protective devices must be put back in place, such as barriers, nonmetallic knobs, adjustment and compartment covershields, isolation resistorcapacitor, etc. 3. When service is required, observe the original lead dress. Extra precaution should be taken to assure correct lead dress in the high voltage circuitry area. 4. Always use the manufacture's replacement components. Especially critical components as indicated on the circuit diagram should not be replaced by other manufacture's. Furthermore where a short circuit has occurred, replace those components that indicate evidence of overheating. 5. Before returning a serviced set to the customer, the service technician must thoroughly test the unit to be certain that it is completely safe to operate without danger of electrical shock, and be sure that no protective device built into the set by the manufacture has become defective, or inadvertently defeated during servicing. Therefore, the following checks should be performed for the continued protection of the customer and service technician. 6. Perform the following precautions against unwanted radiation and rise in internal temperature. • Always return the internal wiring to the original styling. • Attach parts (Ground, Rear Cover, Shield Case) surely after disassembly.
(fusible de type lent) sur CCI indiquent que les
7. Perform the following precautions for the PDP panel. • When the front case is removed, make sure nothing hits the panel face, panel corner, and panel edge (so that the glass does not break). • Make sure that the panel vent does not break. (Check that the cover is attached.) • Handle the FPC connected to the panel carefully. Twisting or pulling the FPC when connecting it to the connector will cause it to peel off from the panel. 8. Pay attention to the following. • Be sure to wire the fan. If the fan does not work, the temperature will rise and cause the protection circuit to operate. • When the front case is removed, infrared ray is radiated and may disturb reception of the remote control unit. • Pay extreme caution when the front case and rear panel are removed because this may cause a high risk of disturbance to TVs and radios in the surrounding.
Leakage Current Cold Check With the AC plug removed from an AC power source, place a jumper across the two plug prongs. Turn the AC power switch on. Using an insulation tester (DC 500V), connect one lead to the jumpered AC plug and touch the other lead to each exposed metal part (input/output terminals, screwheads, metal overlays, control shafts, etc.), particularly any exposed metal part having a return path to the chassis. Exposed metal parts having a return path to the chassis should have a minimum resistor reading of 0.3MW and a maximum resistor reading of 5MW. Any resistor value below or above this range indicates an abnormality which requires corrective action. Exposed metal parts not having a return path to the chassis will indicate an open circuit.
3
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Leakage Current Hot Check
1.2 PRODUCT SAFETY NOTICE
Plug the AC line cord directly into an AC power source (do not use an isolation transformer for this check). Turn the AC power switch on. Using a "Leakage Current Tester (Simpson Model 229 equivalent)", measure for current from all exposed metal parts of the cabinet (input/output terminals, screwheads, metal overlays, control shaft, etc.), particularly any exposed metal part having a return path to the chassis, to a known earth ground (water pipe, conduit, etc.). Any current measured must not exceed 0.5mA.
Many electrical and mechanical parts in PIONEER set have special safety related characteristics. These are often not evident from visual inspection nor the protection afforded by them necessarily can be obtained by using replacement components rated for higher voltage, wattage, etc. Replacement parts which have these special safety characteristics are identified in this Service Manual. Electrical components having such features are identified by marking on the schematics and on the parts list in this Service with a Manual. The use of a substitute replacement component which dose not have the same safety characteristics as the PIONEER recommended replacement one, shown in the parts list in this Service Manual, may create shock, fire or other hazards. Product Safety is continuously under review and new instructions are issued from time to time. For the latest information, always consult the current PIONEER Service Manual. A subscription to, or additional copies of, PIONEER Service Manual may be obtained at a nominal charge from PIONEER.
Leakage current tester
Device under test
Reading should not be above 0.5 mA
Test all exposed metal surfaces
Also test with plug reversed (Using AC adapter plug as required) Earth ground
AC Leakage Test ANY MEASUREMENTS NOT WITHIN THE LIMITS OUTLINED ABOVE ARE INDICATIVE OF A POTENTIAL SHOCK HAZARD AND MUST BE CORRECTED BEFORE RETURNING THE SET TO THE CUSTOMER.
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
1.3 CHARGED SECTION AND HIGH VOLTAGE GENERATING POINT 7 Charged Section
7 High Voltage Generating Point
The places where the commercial AC power is used without passing through the power supply transformer. If the places are touched, there is a risk of electric shock. In addition, the measuring equipment can be damaged if it is connected to the GND of the charged section and the GND of the non-charged section while connecting the set directly to the commercial AC power supply. Therefore, be sure to connect the set via an insulated transformer and supply the current.
The places where voltage is 100V or more except for the charged places described above. If the places are touched, there is a risk of electric shock.
7 Charged Section (Power supply primary side)
1. POWER SUPPLY MODULE 2. X DRIVE ASSY 3. Y DRIVE ASSY 4. SCAN ASSY
(170V) (170V) (–200V to 250V) (250V)
For the places, refer to the EXPLODED VIEWS, the SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM and the PCB CONNECTION DIAGRAM sections.
1. AC Power Cord 2. AC Inlet with Filter 3. Power Switch (S1) 4. Fuse (In the MAIN POWER ASSY) 5. STB Transformer and Converter Transformer (In the MAIN POWER ASSY) 6. Other primary side of the MAIN POWER ASSY Part is charged section. Part is the high voltage generating points other than the charged section. X CABLE U ASSY CABLE ASSY U-COM ASSY
X DRIVE ASSY
TOP
CABLE ASSY
X CABLE D ASSY
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
SIDE SW ASSY MAIN POWER ASSY CABLE ASSY
IR RECEIVE ASSY
CABLE ASSY CABLE ASSY CONTROL ASSY AUDIO AMP ASSY CABLE ASSY CABLE ASSY VIDEO ASSY INPUT ASSY SCAN ASSY
CABLE ASSY
Y DRIVE ASSY
SP TERMINAL (L) ASSY
5
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
2. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST NOTES :
Parts marked by “ NSP ” are generally unavailable because they are not in our Master Spare Parts List. The mark found on some component parts indicates the importance of the safety factor of the part. Therefore, when replacing, be sure to use parts of identical designation. Screw adjacent to mark on the product are used for disassembly.
2.1 PACKING 41 10
30 42 23
42
15 24
18 44 41
11
25
16 8
17 19 PDP-502MX Only
7 5
40
3
PDP-502MX Only 21
PDP-502MXE Only
20, 22
31 27 13
28
PDP-502MX Only 39
4 9
1 12
36
26 6
32
35
2
34
33
30 PDP-502MX Only
6
11
37
29
38
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
(1) PACKING PARTS LIST Mark No.
NSP NSP NSP
NSP
Description
Part No.
1 2 3 4 5
Under Pad R Under Pad L Upper Pad R Upper Pad L Upper Pad C
AHA2239 AHA2240 AHA2241 AHA2242 AHA2243
6 7 8 9 10
Under Pad C Front Carton Rear Carton Code Case Upper Carton
AHA2245 AHB1210 AHB1211 AHC1033 See contrast table (2)
11 12 13 14 15
Under Carton Mirror Mat Polyethirene Sheet …………………………… Operating Instructions
AHD3037 AHG1284 AHG1302
16 17 18 19 20
Plasma Caution Sheet Plasma Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Warranty Card
See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2) ARM1168 See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2)
21 22 23
Warranty Card Vinyl Pouch Remote Control Unit (CU-V159) Battery Cover AA (R6/UM-3) Batteries
See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2) AXD1446
24 25
Mark No.
NSP NSP
NSP
See contrast table (2)
NSP
Description
Part No.
26 27 28 29 30
AC Power Cord Binder Assy Cleaning Cloth Vinyl Bag (for Screw, Nut) Literature Bag
See contrast table (2) AEC1758 AED1174 AHG-064 AHG-117
31 32 33 34 35
Pin/BNC Conversion Adaptor Diaplay Stand Stand Bracket Screw Caution Sheet
See contrast table (2) AMR3225 ANG2351 CPZ30P080FZK ARM1175
36 37 38 39 40
Remote Control Unit Case Hex Hole Bolt (M8×40) Washer Washer Plasma Caution Sheet
AMR3231 SMZ80H400FZB WAX1F200K320 WB80FZB See contrast table (2)
41 42 43 44
Seal Label Pad Set Caution Sheet
AAX2817 VRW1629 AHA2269 ARM1194
Pad set (AHA2269) is composed of the following parts. 43
AZN2098 See contrast table (2)
Pad Set 1 Under Pad R 2 Under Pad L 3 Upper Pad R 4 Upper Pad L 5 Upper Pad C 6 Under Pad C
AHA2269 AHA2239 AHA2240 AHA2241 AHA2242 AHA2243 AHA2245
(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-502MX/LUCBW/1 and PDP-502MXE/YVLDK/1 are constructed the same except for the following: Part No. Mark
No. 10 15
PDP-502MX LUCBW/1
PDP-502MXE YVLDK/1
AHD3035 ARD1039
AHD3043 Not used
Not used
ARE1358
16 17 19
Upper Carton Operating Instructions (English/French/Japanese) Operating Instructions (English/French/German/Italian/ Dutch/Spanish) Plasma Caution Sheet Plasma Caution Sheet Caution Sheet
ARM1145 ARM1147 ARM1176
Not used Not used Not used
20 21 22 25 26
Warranty Card Warranty Card Vinyl Pouch AA (R6/UM-3) Batteries AC Power Cord
ARY1093 ARY1102 AHG–195 AEX1025 ADG1178
Not used Not used Not used VEM1011 Not used
31 40
Pin/BNC Conversion Adaptor Plasma Caution Sheet
AKX1052 Not used
Not used ARM1149
15
NSP NSP NSP NSP
Symbol and Description
Remarks
7
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 2.2 REAR CASE SECTION 4
10
9
9
12
10
4 4
4
9 4
4 8
27 (MXE) 4
27 (MX)
9
9
33
22
7
20
10
4
21
4
10 PDP-502MXE Only
7
4
4 9
10
32 PDP-502MX 17 Only
10
9
9
4
5
9
28 PDP-502MX Only
9 10 16
9
19 (MX) 30 (MXE) 12
6
31 29
PDP-502MX Only
18
11 PDP-502MXE Only
3
PDP-502MX Only 26
1
Refer to "2.3 EXTERIOR (1/3)". 24
13 15
14
25
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
(1) REAR CASE SECTION PARTS LIST Mark No.
NSP
NSP
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
1 2 3 4 5
Siricon Sheet L …………………………… Barrier Screw Rear Case Frame
AEH1034
NSP
24 25
Earth Label Serial Seal
BAX1014 AAX2609
AMR3166 BBZ40P160FZK See contrast table (2)
NSP NSP
6 7 8 9 10
Rear Case Stand Bolt Screw Collar Screw Hole Rivet
See contrast table (2) ABA1277 AEC1848 AMZ30P100FZK AMR2969
26 27 28 29 30
Display Label Label Barrier Caution Label Connector Cover Earth Plate
See contrast table (2) VRW1629 See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2)
11 12 13 14 15
Solder Warning Label Screw Rivet Terminal Label D Terminal Label F Terminal Label G
See contrast table (2) AEC1852 AAX2721 AAX2723 See contrast table (2)
31 32 33 34
Washer Terminal Label N Seal Rear Case Service Assy
See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2) AAX2816 See contrast table (2)
16 17 18 19 20
Terminal Label A Caution Label Terminal Label C Terminal Label B Bolt Caution Label
See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2)
21 22 23
Cleaning Label Name Label ……………………………
See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2)
Note) Rear Case Service Assy is composed of the following parts. 34
NSP
Rear Case Service Assy
3 6
Barrier Rear Case
11 20 28 30
Solder Warning Label Bolt Caution Label Barrier Caution Label Earth Plate
AWL1461 (MX) AWL1457 (MXE) AMR3166 ANE1596 (MX) ANE1587 (MXE) AAX2644 AAX2728 (MXE only) AAX2759 ANK1639 (MXE only)
(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-502MX/LUCBW/1 and PDP-502MXE/YVLDK/1 are constructed the same except for the following: Part No. Mark
NSP
NSP NSP
No.
Symbol and Description
PDP-502MX LUCBW/1
PDP-502MXE YVLDK/1
5 6 11 15 15
Rear Case Frame Rear Case Solder Warning Label Terminal Label G Terminal Label E
AMR3147 ANE1596 AAX2644 AAX2724 Not used
AMR3170 ANE1587 Not used Not used AAX2722
16 16 17 18 18
Terminal Label A Terminal Label L Caution Label Terminal Label C Terminal Label M
AAX2718 Not used ARW1087 AAX2720 Not used
Not used AAX2734 Not used Not used AAX2735
19 20 21 22
Terminal Label B Bolt Caution Label Cleaning Label Name Label
AAX2719 AAX2727 AAX2751 AAL2309
Not used AAX2728 AAX2766 AAL2313
26 28 29 30 31 32 34
Display Label Barrier Caution Label Connector Cover Earth Plate Washer Terminal Label N Rear Case Service Assy
AAX–359 AAX2759 Not used Not used Not used Not used AWL1461
Not used Not used ANG2355 ANK1641 ABE1077 AAX2736 AWL1457
Remarks
Note
9
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
2.3 EXTERIOR (1/3)
38
39
35 40 22
20
37
36
1 2 20
24 44
8
45 34
24
23 34 34
19
7
33
18 14 15
34
34
34
15
17
13
3
13 34
13
34
12 34 11
32 21
10
31 32
21
14 13
31 30
32 21
20
9
30
27 Refer to "2.4 EXTERIOR (2/3)".
32 27
21
43 41
41 42 41
PDP-502MX Only
Refer to "2.6 FRONT CASE SECTION".
10
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
(1) EXTERIOR (1/3) SECTION PARTS LIST Mark No.
NSP
NSP
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
1 2 3 4 5
MAIN POWER ASSY Fuse (10A, FU101) VIDEO ASSY …………………………… ……………………………
AWZ6506 AEK1071 See contrast table (2)
31 32 33 34 35
Fan Angle Cushion Screw PCB Hinge Screw RCC CONTROL A ASSY
AED1193 PPZ50P100FZK AEC1807 AMZ30P060FMC AWZ6507
6 7 8 9 10
…………………………… Chassis Insulating Sheet Fan Frame A Wire Saddle
ANA1605 AMR3199 ANG2330 AEC1745
36 37 38 39 40
RCC CONTROL B ASSY RCC CONTROL C ASSY OTL CONTROL A ASSY OTL CONTROL B ASSY OTL CONTROL C ASSY
AWZ6508 AWZ6509 AWZ6510 AWZ6511 AWZ6512
11 12 13 14 15
INPUT ASSY Fan Frame C Fan Motor Fan Label Locking Card Spacer
AWZ6496 ANG2393 AXM1036 AAX2785 AEC1736
41 42 43 44 45
Screw Hexagon Screw Nut Insulation Sheet S Insulation Sheet L
BPZ30P080FZK BBA1051 ABN1033 AMR3233 AMR3234
16 17 18 19 20
…………………………… SENSOR (A) ASSY FAN CABLE (A) ASSY FAN CABLE (B) ASSY Screw
AWZ6501 AWZ6502 AWZ6497 BMZ30P060FCU
21 22 23 24 25
Screw Spacer Screw Wire Barrier Nylon Rivet ……………………………
26 27 28 29 30
…………………………… PCB Mold …………………………… …………………………… Screw
BBZ40P160FZK AEF1028 AMR3209 AEC1671
AMR2115
ABZ30P160FCU
(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-502MX/LUCBW/1 and PDP-502MXE/YVLDK/1 are constructed the same except for the following: Part No. Mark
No.
3
Symbol and Description
VIDEO ASSY
PDP-502MX LUCBW/1
PDP-502MXE YVLDK/1
AWZ6495
AWZ6516
Remarks
11
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
2.4 EXTERIOR (2/3) 16
31 30
23
32
23
12
33
40
11
23
23 41
35 41 24
13
23 23
23 45
14
15
22
12
29
45
10 8
40
45
45 23
45
13
9 22
9
22
10
44 43
9
A
21
45
21
22
1
22
22 7
2
4
1 4
19
25 B
37 22
26
42 6
1
5 39
38 26
22 3 2
22 18
1
5 19
22
28
1
22
Refer to "2.5 EXTERIOR (3/3)".
A
20
5 22
1 3 B
22
21
1 1
22
4
5 1 4
1 22 21
12
22
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
(1) EXTERIOR (2/3) SECTION PARTS LIST Mark No.
NSP
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
1 2 3 4 5
Frame Shield H Frame H Frame V Frame Shield V Corner Holder
ANK1609 ANG2396 ANG2344 ANK1610 ANG2347
NSP NSP NSP
31 32 33 34 35
Control Shield Case Control Shield Cover Control Shield Plate …………………………… SP TERMINAL (L) ASSY
ANK1626 ANK1627 ANG2380
6 7 8 9 10
Ferrite Core (L1) Sub Frame R Sub Frame L Bush C Wire Saddle
ATX1037 ANG2395 ANG2419 AEC1740 AEC1745
36 37 38 39 40
…………………………… Spacer Screw Drive Voltage Label Screw
AEC1847 AMZ30P100FZK ARW1097 BPZ30P080FZK
11 12 13 14 15
AC Inlet with Filter (CN1) Shield Gasket B Shield Gasket D Shield Gasket C Terminal Panel
See contrast table (2) ANK1646 See contrast table (2) ANK1647 See contrast table (2)
41 42 43 44 45
Nut Screw Ferrite Core (L2) Binder Dust Guard
ABN1033 PMB40P080FMC ATX1031 AEC1851 AEB1362
16 17 18 19 20
Shield Gasket E …………………………… IR Holder Edging Saddle Nylon Rivet
See contrast table (2) ANG2346 AEC1737 AEC1671
21 22 23 24 25
Screw Screw Screw Hexagon Screw Ferrite Core Holder
AMZ30P080FCU AMZ30P060FMC BMZ30P060FCU BBA1051 AEC1818
26 27 28 29 30
FPC Cushion …………………………… IR RECEIVE ASSY Power Switch (S1) CONTROL ASSY
AEB1341
NSP
AWZ6505
AWZ6498 BSM1006 AWZ6504
(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-502MX/LUCBW/1 and PDP-502MXE/YVLDK/1 are constructed the same except for the following: Part No. Mark
No.
11 13 15 16
Symbol and Description
AC Inlet with Filter (CN1) Shield Gasket D Terminal Panel Shield Gasket E
PDP-502MX LUCBW/1
PDP-502MXE YVLDK/1
AKP1210 ANK1648 ANG2341 ANK1649
AKP1209 ANK1614 ANG2353 ANK1634
Remarks
13
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
2.5 EXTERIOR (3/3) Note*: No.47 is a special screw. Please fix to an original place. Please never use other screws.
16
17
39
28
41
47∗
28
47∗
12
A
45
40
28
48
48 28
4 36
9 44
2
B
40 30
44
9
1
36
5
24
24
39 15 41 47∗
30 11
47∗
47∗
39
46 11
32 13
23
47∗
46
30
20 19
14 9
33
22
11 46
23 22
11 23
35
9
11 46
38
3
34
23
A
46
49
46 11
35 49
46 11
34
23 22
46 11 23 22
46 11 23 22 11 23 22
31(× 40) 23
14
22 22 23 35
B
22
46
22 34
42
40
45
39
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
(1) EXTERIOR (3/3) SECTION PARTS LIST Mark No.
Description
Part No.
NSP NSP NSP
1 2 3 4 5
Panel Shield S Panel Shield L Frame Assy SCAN (A) ASSY SCAN (B) ASSY
ANK1633 ANK1632 ANA1633 AWZ6518 AWZ6519
6 7 8 9 10
…………………………… …………………………… …………………………… PCB Spacer ……………………………
11 12 13 14 15
CABLE ASSY Y DRIVE ASSY X CABLE D ASSY X DRIVE ASSY X CABLE U ASSY
AWV1843 AWV1847 AWZ6515 AWV1842 AWZ6514
16 17 18 19 20
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY UCOM ASSY …………………………… Tube Cover Push Rivet
AWV1841 See contrast table (2)
21 22 23 24 25
…………………………… Dust Guard Collar Locking Spacer Screw Grommet ……………………………
AMR3227 AEC1794 AEC1857
26 27 28 29 30
…………………………… …………………………… Circuit Board Spacer …………………………… Locking Spacer
AEC1744
NSP NSP
NSP NSP
Mark No.
NSP NSP NSP NSP
AMR3155
NSP
AMR3036 AEC1748
Description
Part No.
31 32 33 34 35
Plastic Rivet AUDIO AMP ASSY PCB Spacer Blind Sheet S Blind Sheet L
AMR1066 AWZ6503 AEC1446 AMR3202 AMR3203
36 37 38 39 40
Hot Plate …………………………… Circuit Board Spacer Screw Screw
ANG2416
41 42 43 44 45
Screw Plasma Panel Assy …………………………… Screw Hot Plate Barrier
IBZ30P250FCU AAV1236
46 47 48 49
Screw Screw Screw Ferrite Core (L4, L5)
ABA1056 ABA1200 ABZ30P060FCU ATX1041
AEC1795 ABZ30P160FCU BBZ40P120FZK
ABZ30P060FCU AMR3223
AEC1796
(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-502MX/LUCBW/1 and PDP-502MXE/YVLDK/1 are constructed the same except for the following: Part No. Mark
No.
17
Symbol and Description
UCOM ASSY
PDP-502MX LUCBW/1
PDP-502MXE YVLDK/1
AWZ6499
AWZ6520
Remarks
15
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
2.6 FRONT CASE SECTION 2 5 1
3 4 22 18
8
8
8
8 14
8
9
8 10
16
8
8
8
8
17
14
8
14
20
7
7 13
6 15
8
9
14
23
10
11
8 8
7
13
14 8
14
11
18 8
12 8
8
17
8
9 8 8
21 PDP-502MX Only
8 16
8
9 15
16
(1) FRONT CASE SECTION PARTS LIST Mark No.
NSP
16
Description
Part No.
1 2 3 4 5
SIDE SW ASSY LED Lens Control Name Plate Control Shield Control Button
AWZ6500 AAK2695 AAK2757 ANK1606 AAC1540
6 7 8 9 10
Lens Panel Holder Assy Screw Panel Shield H Panel Cushion H
AAK2741 ANG2386 BPZ30P080FZK ANK1603 AED1189
11 12
Front Cushion H Protect Panel Assy
AED1191 AMR3228
Mark No.
NSP
NSP
Description
Part No.
13 14 15
Front Cushion V Corner Cushion Front Case
AED1192 AEB1360 See contrast table (2)
16 17 18 19 20
Panel Shield V Panel Holder V Panel Cushion V …………………………… Panel Shield VM
ANK1604 ANG2337 AED1190
21 22 23
Pioneer Seal Screw Corner Shield
See contrast table (2) BBZ30P080FMC ANK1665
ANK1605
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-502MX/LUCBW/1 and PDP-502MXE/YVLDK/1 are constructed the same except for the following: Part No. No.
Mark
15 21
Symbol and Description
Front Case Pioneer Seal
PDP-502MX LUCBW/1
PDP-502MXE YVLDK/1
AMB2649 ARW1091
AMB2679 Not used
Remarks
2.7 PDP SERVICE ASSY (AWU1030) PDP SERVICE ASSY (AWU1030) is composed of the following parts. Please refer to 2.4 and 2.5 for the illustrations of each part. Mark No.
Description
Part No.
2.4 EXTERIOR (2/3)
NSP
1 2 3 4 5
Frame Shield H Frame H Frame V Frame Shield V Corner Holder
ANK1609 ANG2396 ANG2344 ANK1610 ANG2347
21 22 26 37 38
Screw Screw FPC Cushion Spacer Screw
AMZ30P080FCU AMZ30P060FMC AEB1341 AEC1847 AMZ30P100FZK
39
Drive Voltage Label
ARW1097
2.5 EXTERIOR (3/3) NSP NSP NSP
3 19 20 23 24
Frame Assy Tube Cover Push Rivet Locking Spacer Screw Grommet
ANA1633 AMR3036 AEC1748 AEC1794 AEC1857
NSP
28 30 31 33 34
Circuit Board Spacer Locking Spacer Plastic Rivet PCB Spacer Blind Sheet S
AEC1744 AEC1796 AMR1066 AEC1446 AMR3202
35 38 42
Blind Sheet L Circuit Board Spacer Plasma Panel Assy
AMR3203 AEC1795 AAV1236
NSP NSP NSP NSP
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
Wire Saddle Flat Clamp Cable Clip FPC (XGA2-Y) FPC (XGA2-X) Address Mojule (IC21–IC40)
AEC1797 AEC1858 AEC1859 ADY1047 ADY1053 MC-16340
Button Bolt Corner Pad Corner Carton Upper Carton Under Carton
ABA1259 AHA2203 AHA2204 AHD2970 AHD2971
Packing Sheet Holder Plate Washer
AHG1291 AHK1008 WB80FZB
OTHERS
NSP NSP NSP
PACKING
17
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
3. BLOCK DIAGRAM AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM For "SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM", refer to the service manual ARP3078 for PDP-502MX.
3.1 OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM CABLE ASSY
CABLE ASSY
CABLE ASSY
K2
K2
K2
K1
K1
D13
MAIN POWER ASSY P5
SUS
Sustain Pulse Gen. IC3405
B Psus(X)
+RST OUT
DELAY
P6
+ Reset Pulse Gen.
8V
12V
14V -8V
IP Process CLP Pulse Gen.
D4
PFC
PD
P4
PD CONT
PD
Relay STB12V
5V
Logic BLK
RGB DAT
D19
VCC SW PWR
DELAY
HI PWR OFF SW
PWR
Vsus
Vadr
Vsus Vsus 10V 5V 12V Vsus
VADR SW PWR
+B
Isolation (PC) BLK
Psus(X)
To Panel X-Electrode
VSUS SW PWR
P3 SUS OUT
D1
OC OVC
D18
FU101
STBY PWR
STB5V
P7
P1
AC IN
HD,VD
K1
RGB DAT
A
D20
D22
D12
CL D
DRV Sig.
RST
F7
Sustain SUS Pulse Gen. OUT IC3402
E21
SDA SCK E24
PD
14V
PD
F5
Vsus
E1
E16
E17
X DRIVE ASSY
E15
5V
Vadr
EEPROM IC3601
U-COM ASSY
E E33
Vadr
E10
S1 15V
AUDIO AMP ASSY
C6
IR RECEIVE ASSY
S5V
PD
VOL
A20 L
R
C1
A3
Tx Rx
A5
CONTROL ASSY
Out
CLK HD VD
IC2402 AMP/AD/PLL
CLP,HV BLK
HD,VD Sync U-Com F-DET
Sync SEL CONT
Y YPbPr
Sync G/Y Sepa
CLP,HV BLK P&P
HD VD
HDVD
In3/In4 SEL
LR RGB In
R Pr
G Y
B HD VD Pb CS IN 3
K1
K2
18 3
S
K2
CABLE ASSY
CABLE ASSY
2
RGB Decoder YPbP IC1401
RGB HD
12V
YCbC
RGB
IN 4
K1
CABLE ASSY
SDet DAT CLK
Audio Audio RGB 3/4 1/2 OUT
Combi SR SR In Out In Out
K2
RE A30 RGB
SEL LR
R
R OUT Audio
K1
A1 A2
LR
REM
D
B3
C2 12V
C4
PD, VOL
U1
502MXE Only V.ROM
DC DET
C5
12V 9V_PIC 5APLL 9V_SIG 5VBPLL
A17
MUTE
13V
LR 13V,S5V
A19
PWR AMP IC4502
LR
B2
A35
CLK HD
VOL CONT (Main/Sub) 12V STB5V
A33
D-D CON
12V
1
FAN MAX SD SENS
KEY, LED
E12
E2
FAN DRV E3
SYSTEM CONT CPU IC3604
REM, Tx, Rx,Vol, Mute
E8
SIDE SW ASSY
S5V
DAT, CLK SDet, FDet
13V
E22
E7 Vsus
C
R5V
FAN CONT BLK
5V REG
R10V 14V REG
PWR
S5V
E23 E18
Vsus
E2
E19
14V
E6
RST
F6
OC
Vadr
E5 12V 5V
RGB (A), (B)
Psus(X)
To Panel X-Electrode
Vadr 5V E3 E35
12V
OSD DAT
5V 5V 12V Vsus
4
5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE Notes: When ordering service parts, be sure to refer to "EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST" or "PCB PARTS LIST". For "PCB PARTS LIST", refer to the service manual ARP3078 for PDP-502MX. IC
RGB
RGB
SCAN (A) ASSY
CLKB CLK DEF DEF 12V 5V 3.3V
D3
D6
TOP ADR DAT (64bit * RGB * 20)
Aspect Conv. FIFO
RGB DAT
IP Process CLP Pulse Gen.
SI ,CLK
D8
12V
5V 3.3V
H4
RN
D11
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
FAN CABLE B ASSY
Vadr R10V 14V
FAN A
FAN DRV B
EG
OC
FAN B
ADD SEL PULSE
Y-SUS MASK BLK VH IC5V
OFS Vofs
FAN DRV A
FAN CABLE A ASSY
14V
FAN D -8V
S
D-D CONV BLK
Vsus Vsus 10V R10V SENSOR A ASSY
UVP OVP
TEMP SENS IC4101
SENS E27
H3
Vcp BLK
5V 12V Vsus
VH
D-D CONV BLK
V8
ADD SEL PULSE
V9
IC5V VH
Sustain Pulse Gen. IC3707
ADD SEL PULSE
V10
IC5V VH
Vofs VRN
ADD SEL PULSE
SENS A
E33
ADD SEL PULSE
IC5V VH
Vcp
OVP
B V6
IC5V VH
V14
Psus(Y)
FAN C
SUS OUT
FAN DRV B
CP 12V MSK
SUS
FAN DRV
IC5V VFZ
V5
IC5V VH
Vcp
OFS Pulse Gen.
PD -8V
E26
E38
Vadr
- Reset Pulse Gen.
V4
V7
ADD SEL PULSE
H2
OFS
5V
ADD SEL PULSE
IC5V VH
-RST
H5
PD
D22
DRV Sig. H1
D10
BOTTOM ADR DAT (64bit * RGB * 20)
OC UPV
D16
DRV Sig
Vsus 10V Vsus
VH IC5V
V3
IC5V VH
Psus(Y)
REG
Logic BLK
Sustain Pulse Gen. IC3702
SUS OUT
CLP
XY DRV Sequence pattern Gen.
D9 SUS
Panel CPU
VADR Cont
IP CPU
5V
VRN 14V 12V
FAN CONT BLK
ADD SEL PULSE
Y DRIVE ASSY
20
* Field MEM
CP MSK, OFS
HD,VD
RGB DAT
RGB DAT
V2
IC5V VH
D7
5V 12V Vsus
D17
D20
Sub-Field 20 Conv.
Xtal 50M
8
2
Gamma-1 ABL Dither OSD Add
RGB DAT
ADD SEL PULSE
Xtal 60M
OSD Gen
9
D5
V1
IC5V VH
CABLE ASSY
Psus(Y)
D14
,, , ,, ADD SEL PULSE
K1
D13
A
IC5V VH
To Panel Y-Electrode
RGB
IC
VADR
V11
To Panel Y-Electrode
DAT3 (64bit)
DAT1 (64bit)
CLKB CLK VADR DEF DEF Gen. ADR U/B/ VADR K2 D/G
K1
IC
RGB
RGB
IC
DAT2 (64bit)
K2
IC
DAT0 (64bit)
CABLE ASSY
IC
VADR
RGB
IC
RGB RGB
IC
C
IC5V VH
12V 9V_PIC 5APLL -5V_IO 5V_PIC 9V_SIG 5VBPLL 5V_AD 5_PLD 5V_RGB
RGB Decoder YPbPr IC1401
B
CONT Y 3DY/Y/SY SEL
Y,C
Y, Col diff Decoder Sync Sepa
Y
Y SEL
3DY Y
IC1201
Sync SEL
HDVD
In1/In2 SEL
NT FIL
PAL FIL
C V/Y
3D Y/C for NTSC
3Line Y/C for PAL/60PAL
C SEL C
C
V13
SCAN (B) ASSY
3DC
Y
/In4 EL
ADD SEL PULSE
C SEL
SEC FIL
BW_Y
YPbPr
Y
PALY
SCL, SDA
YCbCr
GB
SER PARA CONV.
A31
V12
IC5V VH
SDAT
13V, 8V, -8V
REG A30 RGB
V.ROM
VIDEO ASSY
A13
SEC Y
2MXE nly
ADD SEL PULSE
FILTER C
V/Y C V/Y
G Y
B HD VD Pb CS IN 3
K1
S
C IN 2
Y
502MX Only
D
VBS OUT IN 1
K2
K1
CABLE ASSY
K2
CABLE ASSY
L1
SP(L) ASSY
K1
K2
CABLE ASSY
19
L OUT
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.2 VIDEO ASSY SECTION (1/2)
L
13
9
11
7
5
27
15 C 42
FNC_1 IC102
51
1
INPUT
2
YC_VY
3
9 10
4
6
HOUT
Y/B–Y/R–Y DECODER SYNC SEPA. TV JUNGLE IC IC1201 (TB1227BW)
Y 45
OUTPUT
5V_PIC
9V_SIG 5V_PIC
SCL
14
IC1202 (TC74HC4538AF)
SDA
12
R
4
C
INPUT2
3
1
5
3
2
1
SCL
SDA
Y
C
FSC
11 L
SYNC
INPUT1
AUDIO INPUT2 (502MX) INPUT4 (502MXE)
5
VD_PLD L R
13
INT_Cr INT_Y INT_Cb HD_PLD
R
CLP_CNR
3
CN503 A30
CN304 A31
SCL SDA 8V 13.5V
4
B
HBLK_CNR
2
L
YC_VY
CN302 A5
3
IC651 1
R
PDP-502MXE Only
To VIDEO Assy (2/2)
YC_C
A
To CONTROL ASSY CN4703 C2 1
A
AUDIO INPUT1 (502MX) INPUT3 (502MXE)
PDP-502MX Only
Y
36
B–Y
35
R–Y
4
Comp
10
HBLK Gen. 10
6 3
1
IC1205 (NJN1319M)
1 56
9
4
5
Y
5
7
37
Comp
2
IC1204 (BA7655AF)
12
7
11 12
SINC
YC_C
13
14
SINY
15
B
5 Y
2MHz S_DET
S_DET
S2_DET
S2_DET
1 Y SYNC 7
LPF
3 RGB SYNC
IC1207 FNC_2
MR_V_SW
SHP_SW
MAI_SW
2
2
4
4
6
6
8
8
10
1 3 5
IC305
IC301
10
24 12
Comp
7
IC303
11
Comp
23
9
INPUT ASSY (AWZ6496)
13
G1
G
B1
B
R1
HD
VD1
VD
C
22 14
B2 R2 HD2 VD2
FNC_0
Plug & Play ROM
15
G2
5V_RGB
IC507 (24LCS21A)
R
HD1
21 19
VIDEO SW IC306 (BA7657F)
9V_PIC 76
4
VCLK
RGB2 IN
SCL
B
HD
G
SDA
R
5
INT_Cb
4
INT_Cr
3
EXT_Pr
9
EXT_HD
7
Comp
EXT_VD
8
35
RGB DECODER
55 56 31 SCL
VD
43 P_ACL
SCP Gen.
HD
G
K2013 HBLK
K2014 VBLK
3
R
+5AD
+3.3AD
–5V_IO
5V Reg
3.3V Reg
–5V Reg
5V_PLD
5V Reg
+5A_PLL +5D_PLL
5V_PIC
5V Reg
5V Reg
5V_RGB
5V Reg
7
9V_PIC
5
10
9V_SIG
2
12
9V Reg
15
12V
IC506
12V Reg
RGB2 OUT
80
IC501
K1404
K2023 K2024 VD3 HD3
11
9V Reg
5 6 7
A13 CN3401
1 2
D
To POWER SUPPLY ASSY CN306 P6
20 1
79
Comp
SAND CASTLE PULSE GEN. HBLK/VBLK/CLP added
B
75
Multi Component Processor RGB Matrix EXT_Y 11 37 IC1401 EXT_Pb 10 39 (CXA2101AQ)
IC503
VD
INT_Y
SCP
Y/G Pb/B Pr/R HD/CS VD
SDA
INPUT3 (RGB1)
+5V_RGB
CN3506 CN303
2
3
4
K2025 HD4
K2026 VD4
5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Through
INT_R
INT_R
124
INT_G
INT_G
133
INT_B
139
EXT_R
EXT_R
126
EXT_G
EXT_G
136
EXT_B
EXT_B
141
AMP/AD/PLL IC2402 (CXA3506R)
VD_PLD
HD_PLD
R 143
K2420 K2422 K2418 K2419 K2421 K2417
R-Y_LEV
B-Y_LEV
INT_B
5V_PIC IC104 (24LC01B)
5
6
SDA
SCL
Video Data ROM
R (B)
8
8
G (B)
8
8
B (B)
8
8
R (A)
8
8
G (A)
8
8
B (A)
8
8
98
XCLK
101
1_2CLK
103
HD
XCLK K2012
XCLK
1_2CLK K2012
1_2CLK
HD K2012
HD
VD K2012
VD
Peak ACL
P_ACL_SW
A35 CN2903
K2012 K2029 K2030 12V
Sync. Sepa for Y/G IC2002 (M52346SP)
G/Y K2004
13
114 ULK_PLL
120 HOLD_PLL
CLP_AMP 96
103 HD_PLL
VD_SEP 98
+VS
100 HD_SEP
–HS 84
88
5
7
3 4
DATA
5
CLK
+3.3AD
6 4
V_STATE 142
HD_PLD K2033
14
3
B
CN2203 A2 PLL_CE
IC1404 12
1
To DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY CN3403 D20
Dual (A/B)
To DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY CN3405 D22
32.50M
To U-COM ASSY CN3612 E24
48.36k
A33 CN2901
5V_PIC
K2203 K2202 K2204 K2201
60
+3.3AD
+5AD
9
ORG
+5V_PLL
10
IP
CLK
IP
Single (A)
DATA
Single (A)
53.63M
104
40.28M
15.625k
11
15.734k
50
PLL_CE
60
Wide
ULK_PLL
4:3
PAL
HD_PLL 111
NTSC
PC XGA (60)
A
IP Process
HOLD_PLL 106
AD OUT
3
K2901 (CLK)
CLP_AMP 113
K2903 (HD)
1
K2904 (VD)
B
Screen
G
IN
HD_PLD 110
137
VD
VD_PLD 112
C CN2202 A1
IC2005 (PDY069)
9
4
3
1
MMV
MMV
4
HD_u, VD_u
HD_FIL
3 132
VD_FIL
5V_PLD Reset
4
K2210 18 19
Sync. U-COM IC2201 (PD2060A9)
HBLK_MAT/VBLK_MAT/CLP_MAT 2
5V_PIC 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
5
SCL
6
4
K2211
CLK
Gate DA_0_SV
31 16
K2212
K2213
CN2001 A3 CLP1 8 CLP2 9 HBLK 10 VBLK
KU_SW
P_ACL_SW
FNC_1
FNC_0
MAT_SW
B-Y_LEV
R-Y_LEV
S_DET
FNC_2
22,23
Input Freq. Det.
HD3/VD3/HD4/VD4
SDA
K2209 11
HD/VD NOISE GATE 12 PULSE Gen. IC2004 (TC74VHC123AFT)
2
S2_DET
103
131
K2021
128
K2020
R-Out
106 VD_MASK
B-Out
HD_MASK
G-Out
11
9 10
D/A IC2301 (CXA1875AM)
SCL
14 15 SDA
K2015 CLP
Sync. Control Sync. Select PLD
HD_FIL 107
V_STATE
To U-COM ASSY CN2202 E23
VD_PLD K2032 SEL_Vout
102
To DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY CN3402 D17
VD_FIL
21 5
6
7
8
D
5V_SIG
5V REG.
IC1004
3.3V REG.
IC1104
5V REG.
IC1103
5V_3L
3.3V_3D
5V_3D
4
3D_Cin
YC_C
8V
1
3D_Yin
4
LPF (6.7MHz)
IC1003
3L_Vin
Sin_C
1
5
8
5
8
3DRST
LPF (6.7MHz)
IC1105
37
17
FIN
RSTB
ACI
CSI
AYI
1 4
7
SECAM_C
26
83
4 3 5
2 1
12
5
8
3L_Y
IC803
IC1002 LPF (6.7MHz)
SECAM Chroma Trap
60
ACO
84 5
4
15
13
14
14
4
NTSC 2 PAL 1
14
PAL 11 SECAM 12
NTSC 15
Low Lum. CNR
Clamp
3
13
3D_C
3D_Y
IC802
LPF (6.7MHz)
8
IC1106 1
B
SINC
25
ACO
AYO
IC1001 (CXD2064Q)
IS41C16256–35K
59
9
3D Y/C
AYO
IC1101 (UPD64082GF-3BA)
4M DRAM
3Line Y/C
23
CLPO 2 ADIN
1
5V_3L
5V_3D
57
96
76
88
BPF SW
MA (0:8)
VC_YV
MN
SDA
3.3V_3D
3D_C
MD (0:15)
NP
SCL NTSC_C PAL_C
3 VS TRP1 TRP2
2 SECAM
A
To VIDEO Assy (1/2)
1 TRP0 TRP1
D 13 12
5
3
2
IC801
14
4
1
15
4.43 BPF
3.58 BPF
DLSW TRP2 VS/BW
C Delay 250nS
5 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10
D/A IC703 (CXA1875AM)
5V_PIC
SDA
SCL
TRP2
SDA
SCL
C
Y
CLP_CNR
HBLK_CNR
FSC
TRP2
2
VS BW NP MN TRP0 TRP1 TRP2 DLSW BPFSW
A
B To VIDEO Assy (1/2)
1 3 4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.3 VIDEO ASSY SECTION (2/2)
22
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Waveforms of VIDEO ASSY Synchronous Signal Processing Block (When INPUT1 NTSC RAMP signal is input)
Synchronous Signal Processing Block (When INPUT1 NTSC RAMP signal is input)
Synchronous Signal Processing Block 2 (INPUT4 PC siganl VESA: 1280x1024@60Hz (SXGA@60Hz) when there is signal input [ separate H, V ]
CH1: VIDEO input V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
CH1: VIDEO input V : 1V/div H : 100msec/div
CH2: K2032 (VD_PLD), IC2005 Pin 112 V : 5V/div H : 2msec/div
CH2: K2033 (HD_PLD), IC2005 Pin 110 V : 5V/div H : 100msec/div
CH1: K2026 (VD_4), IC2005 Pin71 (VD input) V: 5V/div H: 2msec/div
CH3: K2018 (VD_u), IC2005 Pin 34 V : 5V/div H : 2msec/div
CH3: K2019 (HD_u), IC2005 Pin 32 V : 5V/div H : 100msec/div
CH2: K2020 (VD_FIL), IC2005 Pin 102 V: 5V/div H: 2msec/div
CH4: K2031 (VD_DSEL), IC2005 Pin 137 V : 3.3V/div H : 2msec/div
CH4: K2029 (HD_PLL), IC2005 Pin 118 V : 3.3V/div H : 100msec/div
CH3: K2018 (VD_u), IC2005 Pin 34 V : 5V/div H : 2msec/div CH4: K2031 (VD_DSEL), IC2005 Pin 137 V : 3.3V/div H : 2msec/div
Synchronous Signal Processing Block (When INPUT1 NTSC RAMP signal is input) CH1: K2033 (HD_PLD), IC2005 Pin 110 V : 5V/div H : 10msec/div CH2: K2029 (HD_PLL), IC2005 Pin 118 V : 3.3V/div H : 10msec/div CH3: K2432 (DIVOUT), IC2402 Pin 103 V : 5V/div H : 10msec/div
Synchronous Signal Processing Block 2 (INPUT4 PC siganl VESA: 1280x1024@60Hz (SXGA@60Hz) when there is signal input [ separate H, V ] CH1: K2004 (SYNC_SEP: input Green signal), IC2002 Pin4 V : 2V/div H : 100msec/div CH2: K2029 (HD_PLL), IC2005 Pin 118 V : 3.3V/div H : 100msec/div CH3: K2031 (VD_DSEL), IC2005 Pin 137 V : 3.3V/div H : 100msec/div CH4: K2030 (HOLD_PLL), IC2005 Pin 120 V : 3.3V/div H : 100msec/div
23
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Synchronous Signal Processing Block 2 (INPUT4 PC siganl VESA: 1280x1024@60Hz (SXGA@60Hz) when there is signal input [ separate H, V ] CH1: K2025 (HD_4), IC2005 Pin69 (HD input) V : 5V/div H : 20msec/div
YC_VY (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) CN104 Pin1 V : 20mV/div H : 20msec/div
R output (INPUT3, 4 NTSC Color Bar Y/Cb/Cr) IC306 V : 10mV/div H : 20msec/div
CH2: K2021 (HD_FIL), IC2005 Pin 107 V : 5V/div H : 20msec/div CH3: K2019 (HD_u), IC2005 Pin 32 V : 5V/div H : 20msec/div CH4: K2029 (HD_PLL), IC2005 Pin 118 V : 3.3V/div H : 20msec/div
G output (INPUT3, 4 NTSC Color Bar Y/Cb/Cr) IC306 V : 20mV/div H : 20msec/div
Y input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1201 V : 20mV/div H : 20msec/div
B output (INPUT3, 4 NTSC Color Bar Y/Cb/Cr) IC306 V : 10mV/div H : 20msec/div
C input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1201 V : 20mV/div H : 20msec/div
Synchronous Signal Processing Block 2 (INPUT4 PC siganl VESA: 1280x1024@60Hz (SXGA@60Hz) when there is signal input [ separate H, V ] CH1: K2021 (HD_FIL), IC2005 Pin 107 V : 5V/div H : 2.5msec/div CH2: K2029 (HD_PLL), IC2005 Pin 118 V : 3.3V/div H : 2.5msec/div CH3: K2432 (DIVOUT), IC2402 Pin 103 V : 5V/div H : 2.5msec/div
24
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
INT_Y input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1401 V : 20mV/div H : 20msec/div
R input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1701 V : 50mV/div H : 20msec/div
INT_Cb input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1401 V : 10mV/div H : 20msec/div
G input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1701 V : 50mV/div H : 20msec/div
INT_Cr input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1401 V : 10mV/div H : 20msec/div
B input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1701 V : 50mV/div H : 20msec/div
25
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.4 SYNC SIGNAL PROCESSING BLOCK A
SYNC CONTROL PLD IC2005(PDY069)
Noise cancel processing Countermeasure for copy guard Limit to U-com processing velocity (Max: 200kHz)
IC2004(2/2) TC74VHC123 Control signal for switching mask width (Lo : In PC input)
HD_MASK
Noise Mask Gate
VD_MASK
Noise Mask Gate
MASK_DSW
Noise cancel processing Limit to U-com processing velocity (Max: 200Hz)
IC2004(2/2) TC74VHC123 K2020
VD_FIL HD/VD SYNC signal selected by input function for generating Mask pulse (except for when selecting HD_PLD, VD_PLD) HD_FIL
B
Input from IC1201 (Jungle-IC) in Comp/S input (Positive polarity) Separate HD/CS, VD SYNC signal input from BNC/Dsub 15p
K2021 HD_PLD VD_PLD
K2033 K2032 K2023 K2025 K2024 K2026
HD_3 HD_4 VD_3 VD_4
SYNC signal output separated from Y/G ON SYNC signal
C
14pin 15pin 13pin
HD_+ HD_– VD_+
6pin 8pin
HD_SEP VD_SEP
Signal selector for SYNC signal & Circuit for switching polarity
K2004 Y/G ON SYNC signal in inputting Y colordifference or RGB signals
SYNC_SEPA
SYNC signal selected based on input function & HD/VD signal detected (Unify the polarity to negative polarity)
Selected HD/VD signal used for Separate input SYNC signal detection
4pin
2pin 1 pin 18pin 19pin
HSTATE VSTATE HPOL VPOL
Decoding HD/VD signal detected
Information on detecting Separate input SYNC signal & the polarity
SYNC SEPA IC IC2002 (M52346S)
CLP_SW1,2 CLP_SEP (Switching Clamp pulse width
20 bit / Parallel data
CONTROL LOGIC Selecting input SYNC signal Setting value of HOLD Pulse width
Clamp pulse generated by SYNC Separate IC (Used in PC input) 17pin
D Clamp & Blanking pulse output to Analog Video block
CLP_AMP CLP_MAT HBLK_MAT VBLK_MAT
CLP_SEPA
K2012 K2015 K2013 K2014
CLAMP/ BLANKING PULSE CONTROL
26 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
PLL output HD for A/D sampling & clock SYNC reference
A K2432 DIVOUT K2029 HD_PLL AMP/AD/PLL IC IC2701 (CXA3106Q)
PLL input HD
K2030
HOLD controlling signal for comparing PLL phase comparison. HOLD_PLL
HOLD signal generation circuit for PLL control
1_2CLK XCLK
PLL unlock information (Hi: When PLL is not locked) K2408 ULK_PLL
HD_DSEL
Vertical line number count value (11-bit data) Data is updated every 1 V sync.
B
LINE(0:10) Line Number Counter
Signal for detecting abnormal SYNC signal (Hi: in detecting) SYNC STATE Count value in the period of 1H by 16MHz clock (11-bit data) Data is updated at the rate of HD1/8 dividing H_COUNT(0:10)
HD Freq Counter
Timing signal for capturing horizontal frequency count value (HD 1/8 dividing) K2019 HD_U
Signal Frequency DET U-COM IC2201 ( PD2060A ) *Input signal detection (stability) *No signal input detection *Detecting vertical frequency *Controlling V_STD (detecting frequency value)
K2018 VD_U Vertical SYNC signal for input signal detection K2027 Signal for detecting vertical frequency limit Lo: Vertical frequency value is higher than standard value (In PC input : fixed Hi)
V_STD
Serial data REQ_Su HOLD_Su
Sending *Data of vertical frequency *Data of horizontal frequency *Data of total numbers of lines *Information on inapplicable frequency
C
Inverted PLL unlock information (Lo: When PLL is not locked)
HD_DSEL XCLK 1_2CLK
U-COM ASSY Serial Control sig PLD_CE DATA CLK
SER-->PARA CONV
K2031 VD_DSEL
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
VD SYNC signal sent to Digital Assy
D
CLP1 CLP2 HBLK1 VBLK2
Clamp & Blanking signal output from Digital Assy
27 5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.5 DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY SECTION +3.3V
D20 CN3403 To VIDEO ASSY CN2901 A33
A
8
R (B)
8
G (B)
8
B (B)
IP Process
I/F
8 R (A)
WRITE CLK (SYSTEM CLK)
X Speed X dencity
+3.3V
CLK_101 IC1952 (UPD4811650GF-A10)
8 G (A)
3 5 7
HD_IP VD_IP IC3401, IC3402
D17 CN3402 8 9 10 11 12
BAI/BBI
HD_102 Sync CONT CLAMP PULSE GEN.
(IC#102) 5
6 7 8 9
IC2101 (PE5061A) (IC#20)
DE_102 FLD_102
CLP2 HBLK1 VBLK1 V_STD
IC2251 (PD5538B) OSD IC Ser=Para
6 RGB
To U-COM ASSY CN3608 E5
D
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
X2301 20M
+5V
X2001 20M
+5V
+3.3V
IC2255 (MBM29F200BC-70PFTN-K)
67 IC2301
OSD_DATA1 OSD_CLK1 OSD_CE1 OSD_CLR1
FLASH ROM
PANEL U-com.
IC (PE
5
SDATA1 SCLK1
DRIVE S PATTE +5V TP2303
S2301 RST
IC2256 (LC3564BM) 64k SRAM
PN_MUTEY PN_MUTEX PBUSY0 PERR0 G (IP ERR)
IPBUSY0 IPERR0 RMT0 RESET_RET D_CLK1 D_DATA1
R (IP BUSY)
RG (P ERR) D2306
R (P BUSY)
PN_RST1 G (STOP B) D2302
28 1
ABL
OSD PROCESSOR
67
D14
2
BLK
IC2260 (PDY061A)
CN3271 1
6 B
OSD_V
+5V
IC2001 IP U-com.
R G
CLK 3 +5V OSD_H
RST
5
H V FLD VLD
+5V
ULK_PLL
IC2151 (PE5062A)
7
Sync Process
VD_102
CN3273 4
GAI/GBI
FIFO
γ –1
BA_102 BB_102
OSD MIX
YPbPr ≠ RGB
ASPECT RATIO CONV.
MASK CONT
RAI/RBI
R
GA_102 GB_102
3
CLP1
D13
8bit × 2
RA_102 RB_102
W
TP3409 TP3408 TP3407 TP3406 TP3405
5
TP3413
CLK_102
HD VD
20
8bit × 2
Sharpness Arrange
TP2102 TP2103
1
XCLK 1_2CLK
TP3411 TP3410
To VIDEO ASSY CN2903 A35
B
SGLB
TP3414
D22 CN3405
+3.3V 62M
+3.3V
RGB ≠ YPbPr
R (A)/G (A)/B (A)
16M SGRAM
Y (16bit) Pb (16bit) Pr (16bit)
Y (8bit) Pb (8bit) Pr (8bit)
8 B (A)
R (B)/G (B)/B (B)
To VIDEO ASSY CN2001 A3
IC1951 (UPD4811650GF-A10) 16M SGRAM
IC1801 (PE5067A)
From U-COM ASSY CN3606 E6
Y (8bit) Pb (8bit) Pr (8bit)
IC1901 (PE5066A) IP PROCESSOR
+3.3V
C
+3.3V
(IC#101)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
VACANT +3.3V
D6
(IC#22) W
To Panel U-com
TEM CLK)
A
DATA ARRANGE
R X3201 62MHz OSC
+3.3V
IC2602 (HY58163210TQ-10) 16M SGRAM
DATA CONVERT
+3.3V CONT
IC2603 (HY58163210TQ-10) V 205
(IC#21)
IC2601 (PE5063A) SUB FIELD CONVERSION R
16bit × 2 VLD_A VLD_B FIELD
ASK CONT
3 (IC#22) W
DATA ARRANGE
GA/GB
LUT
Dither
BA/BB
R
+3.3V
IC2702 (HY58163210TQ-10) 16M SGRAM
DATA CONVERT
B +3.3V
H
SYNC CONT
CONT
V
IC2703 (HY58163210TQ-10) IC2701 (PE5063A) SUB FIELD CONVERSION G
TP2154 TP2155
R G 6 B BLK
CLK 3 OSD_H OSD_V
C2260 Y061A)
40
16M SGRAM
RDAT
(IC#22) W
R
ADR BUFFER
40 GDAT BDAT
OSD CESSOR
To ADDRESS MODULE
ABL
γ –1
RA/RB
IC2151 (PE5062A)
16M SGRAM
+3.3V
40
DATA ARRANGE
IC2802 (HY58163210TQ-10)
DATA CONVERT
16M SGRAM
IC2901–IC2910 IC3001–IC3010 IC3301–IC3304 IC3308, IC3309 IC3311, IC3312
+3.3V +3.3V
CONT
IC2801 (PE5063A) SUB FIELD CONVERSION B
50M 8 CD
25 8 24
DRIVE SEQUENCE PATTERN GEN.
ADR/LBLK
C
16M SGRAM
MN (X Drive Gen. Pulse) EF/GH/IJ (Y Drive Gen. Pulse)
D4 CN3256
25M IC3101
X3202 50MHz OSC
(IC#23)
1/2
X DRIVE BUFFER
XSUS-B/U/D/G XPR, XR
SGRAM • READ OUT MASTER CLOCK
TP556 +5V UVP
TP555 +5V OVP
+5V IC3102–IC3104
YSUS-B/U/D/G SI, MSK, CLK, PFS, OE, YNR, YR
To Y DRIVE ASSY CN3751 H1
Q554 TP553 IC551
+12V
REG R)
+
Y DRIVE BUFFER Q605 TP601 IC601 D555 REG
06
+
Q551 Q552
D605
D556 TP603 +3.3V UVP
Q601 Q602
CN3252
D606
Digital P.D.
D9
Q603
02
CN551 D16
+3.3V
Q553
To X DRIVE ASSY CN3402 F9
IC2201 (PE5064A)
IC2803 (HY58163210TQ-10)
TP604 +3.3V OVP
29 5
6
7
8
D
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Waveforms of X DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY Blanking waveform for analog use
I-P H synchronous waveform
CH1: TP3410 (HDIP)
CH1: TP3410 (HD_IP)
CH2: TP3405 (CLP1)
CH2: IC1801 Pin 168 (Hi) –– IC1901 Pin 57
CH3: TP3406 (CLP2)
CH3: IC1901 Pin 55 (Hp) –– IC1801 Pin 170
CH4: TP3407 (HBLK1)
CH4: IC1801 Pin 98 (HD_102)
V : 5V/div H : 10msec/div
I-P V synchronous waveform
H synchronous waveform TP2155 V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
V : 5V/div H : 10msec/div
I-P clock waveform
STOP B waveform
CH1: TP3411 (VD_IP)
CH1: IC1801 Pin 3 (CLK_102)
CH2: IC1801 Pin 167 (Vi) –– IC1901 Pin 58
CH2: IC1901 Pin 239 (CLK_101)
TP2205 V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
CH3: IC1901 Pin 56 (Vp) –– IC1801 Pin 169 CH4: IC1801 Pin 97 (VD_102) V : 1V/div H : 5nsec/div V : 5V/div H : 2msec/div
I-P V synchronous waveform (enlarged) CH1: TP3411 (VD_IP) CH2: IC1801 Pin 167 (Vi) –– IC1901 Pin 58 CH3: IC1901 Pin 56 (Vp) –– IC1801 Pin 169
V synchronous waveform TP2154 V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
ADR resonant control signal waveform CH1: IC3303 Pin11 (ADR_U) CH2: IC3303 Pin12 (ADR_B) CH3: IC3303 Pin13 (ADR_D) V : 5V/div H : 1msec/div
CH4: IC1801 Pin 97 (VD_102) V : 5V/div H : 200msec/div
30
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Address resonant output waveform IC2910 Pin 13 V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
X drive waveform CH1: IC3101 Pin 12 (XSUS_U) CH2: IC3101 Pin 15 (XPR_U)
IC1801 HD input waveform CN3404 Pin 29 (HD_IP), TP3410 V : 1V/div H : 10msec/div
GA input waveform IC1801 Pin 31 (GA_IP (O)) V : 1V/div H : 0.1msec/div
IC1901 clock input waveform CN3404 Pin 26 (CLK_101), TP3413 V : 1V/div H : 20nsec/div
VD input waveform IC2101 Pin 236 (VD_102), TP2102 V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
V : 0.5V/div H : 2msec/div
IC1801 VD input waveform CN3404 Pin 30 (VD_IP), TP3411 V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
GA output waveform IC1801 Pin 121 (GA_102 (O)) V : 1V/div H : 0.1msec/div
HD input waveform IC2101 Pin 235 (HD_102), TP2103 V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
31
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Address control signal IC3304 Pin 11 (LBLK) V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
Address control signal IC3308 Pin 15 (CLKDUI) V : 1V/div H : 0.1msec/div
Address control signal CN3275 Pin 26 (LEDUI) V : 1V/div H : 0.5msec/div
32
From DIGITAL VIDEO Assy D4
E17
2
From U-COM Assy
1
F7
11 9 7 5 3
3
F6
+5V 1 +12V 3 6 7 XPD 5
F5
VSUS 1 (175V) 2 SUS 3 GND 4
XSUS-B XSUS-V XSUS-D XSUS-G XPR-U
+5V
SUS GND
VSUS (175V)
R3424
IC3404
D3408
K3410 P.D. (X.C.P)
R3435 1 3 5 7
Q3405
+5V
LOGIC BLOCK
SUS-G SUS-U SUS-B SUS-D
8
6
E16
1 2 13
4
5
1
2
Q3406 PD DET.
R3438
IC3403 12
6
3
Q3401–Q3403
12V O. C DET.
SUS-D K3412
SUS-U K3411
SUS-G K3414 SUS-B K3413 IC3404
IC3408 (TC74AC08F)
9
11 10
5 3 4
IC3403 (TC74AC11F)
+RESET BLOCK
C3404
PR-U K3409 R3406
+12V
Q3404
VSUS
R3410 R3411
SUSGND
VSUS/2
VSUS SUSOUT
D3403
14 SUS-G
18 SUS-D
VDD
20 SUS-U
16 SUS-B
VCC
RP-U
SUSGND
VSUS/2
VSUS SUSOUT
PDP Pulse Module IC3405 (STK795-450)
14 SUS-G
18 SUS-D
VDD
20 SUS-U
16 SUS-B
VCC
PDP Pulse Module IC3402 (STK795-450)
32
21 24
1 40 29 26
32
21 24
1 40 29 26
t
SUS GND
VSUS (175V)
SUS GND
VSUS (175V)
175V
t
SUS GND
VSUS
SUS GND
175V 0V
SUS GND
175V 0V
X-PSUS
To PANEL
P-SUS (X)
2
From U-COM Assy
1 3 4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
3.6 X DRIVE ASSY SECTION
A
4
B
C
D
33
D3402
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.7 Y DRIVE ASSY SECTION
IC3602 SI TP3604
5
SCAN (B) ASSY (LOWER)
5
A
SCAN (A) ASSY (UPPER)
IC5V
IC3607
HBLK1 TP3600
H2
H3
SCAN BLOCK VH IC3611
CLK TP3602
5
IC3600 (TC74VHC541FT) 16 4 15 5 14 6 13 7 12 8 11 9
5
IC3604 5
LE TP3605 CLR TP3602
CN3605
44
5
40 38
IC3606 R3614 (TC74VHC541FT) 18 2 3 17 4 16 5 15 6 IC3612 14 7 13 8 12 9 11
36 34 32 30 28
R3619
26 24 22 20 18
From U-COM ASSY E8
IC3613 (PDT043A)
R3636
2 3 4 5 7 8 9 6
IC3612
16
2 3
14 6
R3654 R3655
18 17 13
R3645
11
14 15 16 17 18 13 12 19
+5V +12V DRV PD DC PD +14V –8V
IC3601 (TC74ACT541FT) SUS-B SUS-U SUS-D SUS-G YCP-MSK YSUS-MSK OFS YNR-D
13 14 15 16 17 12 11 18
MUTE
IC3614 (TC74VHC541FT)
CN3701 H5
TP855
TP856
D890
1 3
VFZ+ +
IC5V –8V 14V
VSUS 1 SUS GND 4 VSUS 10 +10V
SUS GND
D852
VSUS
D759 K754 VH OVP
Q752
K751 VH UVP
Q755
VH DC–DC CONV. IC750, IC751 T750
IC3803 7
+
R3820
TP851
D709
K706 D710 VOFS OVP
Q701
VH
D809
D813
OFS BLOCK
VOFS K705
VSUS
VOFS
VOFS DC–DC CONV. IC701, IC702 T700
D700
+ K701
D802 +
Q802 DC–DC CONVERT BLOCK Q805
SUS GND SUS GND
VRN
TP803 VRN (–200V)
34 1
2
Q3804
TP753 PSUS
K804 VRN OVP K801 VRN UVP
R3824 R3825
IC3801
TP751
+
SUS GND
K705 VOFS UVP
5
D753
TP800
D
5
OFS K3756
D763
H4 CN3700
K854 IC5V OVP
IC5V, VF DC–DC CONV. IC850, IC851 T850
R3822 Q3802 R3823
IC3804 + 5V REG.
VFZ–
7 8 5 6 VSUS 175V
From U-COM ASSY E7
SUS-U K3611
IC3605
42
7
C
5
SUS-B K3612
From DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY D8
H1 HBLK1 SI CLK LE CLR HBLK2 LBLK YSUS-B YSUS-U YSUS-D YSUS-G YNR-D YNR-U YSUS-MSK YCP-MSK OFS MUTEY
IC3609
HBLK2 TP3606
PLD & MUTE
B
SI DATA
SUS-G K3604
R3603
IC3610
SUS-D K3603
R3602
IC5V PSUS
3
4
R3826
5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
SUSTAIN BLOCK
A PDP Pulse Module IC3702 (STK795-450)
R3636
VDD1
4 SUS-B
VSUS
9
SUSOUT
7
5 SUS-U D3601
VSUS (175V)
K3703 SUS-OUT 175V 0V
11
VDD2
14 SUS-D 21 SUS-G
VSUS/2
18 16
SUSGND
23
VSS2
SUS GND
SUS GND
R3635
D3606
+5V For Logic Block
PDP Pulse Module IC3609 (STK795-450) VDD1 VSUS
4 SUS-B
+12V O. C DET.
SUSOUT
5 SUS-U
VSUS (175V) 9
B 175V 0V
7 11
R3615
VDD2
PD DET.
Q3601
14 SUS-D 21 SUS-G
K3607 R3618 K3770 YCP-MSK
VSUS/2
18 16
SUSGND
23
VSS2
R3614
SUS GND
SUS GND
Q3604
Q3605 K3606 VCP
R3634
VCP
VCP BLOCK
K3701 PSUS
IC3702 D3701 I + 5V O REG. R3730 G
C
R3822 Q3802 R3823
Q3706
IC3701 7 5 R3705 R3706
IC3703
Q3804 IC3708 R3731 2 7 R3735 4
SUS GND
D3709
7 5 IC3704 5
R3728
5 7
R3710
Q3705
R3718 R3719
R3722 R3723 Q3709
Q3708 D3705
IC3706
D3704
D3708
R3826
R3703 R3724
R3707 R3729
Q3707
5 R3732 R3736
R3708 R3709 Q3703
R3724 R3725
Q3711
5 7
Q3712
R3701
Q3710
YSUS-MSK
R3824 R3825
Q3704
K3758 YSUS-MSK
R3720 R3721
D
IC3707
–RESET BLOCK
R3717
PSUS
IC3705
D3703
To SCAN MODULE Copper Plate
SUSTAIN MASK BLOCK
35 5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Waveforms of X DRIVE Assy, Y DRIVE Assy and SCAN MODULE Sustained waveform
Sustained waveform (1st sub-field)
Sustained waveform
CH1: P.SUS
CH1: X drive waveform K3402 (P. SUS) – K3404 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 200µsec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 200µsec/div.
(portion where sustaining was ended; enlarged) CH2: YSUS-B CH3: YSUS-U CH4: YSUS-D CH5: YSUS-G
TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 500nsec/div. TP3703 (YSUS-B) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 500nsec/div. TP3704 (YSUS_U) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 500nsec/div. TP3705 (YSUS_D) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 500nsec/div. TP3706 (YSUS-G) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 500nsec/div.
Reset Pulse Portion
CH1: X drive waveform K3402 (P. SUS) – K3404 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 5µsec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P. SUS) – TP3713 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 5µsec/div.
Sustained Portion
CH1 –GND CH1
–GND CH2 –GND
CH1 CH2
–GND –GND
CH3 CH4
–GND
CH5
–GND
CH2
–GND
Control waveforms for additional pulses (1 field)
–GND
Sustained waveform (reset pulse portion; enlarged)
Sustained waveform (1 field) CH1: X drive waveform K3402 (P. SUS) – K3404 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 2msec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P. SUS) – TP3713 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 2msec/div.
CH1
CH1: X drive waveform K3402 (P. SUS) – K3404 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 20µsec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P. SUS) – TP3713 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 20µsec/div.
CH1
–GND
CH2
–GND
CH1: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 100V/div., H: 2msec/div. CH2: CP_MSK IC3601 Pin17 (CP_MSK) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 2msec/div. CH3: SUS_MSK IC3601 Pin12 (YSUS_MSK) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 2msec/div. CH4: OFS TP3707 (OFS) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 2msec/div.
CH1
–GND CH2 CH3 CH4
CH2
–GND
–GND
–GND –GND –GND
Control waveforms for additional pulses (1 sub-field; enlarged)
Sustained waveform Sustained waveform (1 field; enlarged)
(portion where sustaining was started; enlarged)
CH1: X drive waveform K3402 (P. SUS) – K3404 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 2µsec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P. SUS) – TP3713 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 2µsec/div
CH1: X drive waveform K3402 (P. SUS) – K3404 (SUS. GND) V : 50V/div., H : 5µsec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P. SUS) – TP3713 (SUS. GND) V : 50V/div., H : 5µsec/div.
CH1: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 200µsec/div. CH2: CP_MSK IC3601 Pin17 (CP_MSK) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 200µsec/div. CH3: SUS_MSK IC3601 Pin12 (YSUS_MSK) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 200µsec/div. CH4: OFS TP3707 (OFS) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 200µsec/div.
CH1 CH1
–GND
CH2
–GND
–GND
CH2 –GND
CH1
–GND
CH2
–GND
CH3
–GND
CH4 –GND
36
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
SCAN IC control waveform (1 sub-field)
CH2: SI CH3: CLK CH4: LBLK
Sustained waveforms
Y-drive sustained waveforms
CH1: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 200µsec/div. TP3604 (SI) – TP3609 (D.GND) TP3601 (CLK) – TP3609 (D.GND) TP3603 (LBLK) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 200µsec/div.
(for 1 field)
(selected pulse portions of waveforms; 1 sub-field)
CH1: SCAN output waveform SCAN IC output – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 2msec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 2msec/div.
CH1: Y drive waveform TP3844 – TP3713 (SUS.GND) CH2: Y drive waveform TP3837 – TP3713 (SUS.GND) CH3: X drive waveform K3402 (P.SUS) – K3404 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 200µsec/div.
–GND
CH1 CH1
CH2
–GND
CH3
–GND
CH4
–GND
SCAN IC control waveforms (enlarged) CH1: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 5µsec/div. CH2: SI CH3: CLK CH4: LBLK
CH1
–GND
CH2
–GND
CH3
–GND
–GND
TP3604 (SI) – TP3609 (D.GND) TP3601 (CLK) – TP3609 (D.GND) TP3603 (LBLK) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 5µsec/div.
CH2
–GND
Sustained waveforms
Sustained waveforms
(selected pulse portions of waveforms; enlarged)
(selected pulse portions of waveforms; 1 sub-field) (enlarged) CH1: Y drive waveform TP3844 – TP3713 (SUS.GND) CH2: Y drive waveform TP3837 – TP3713 (SUS.GND) CH3: X drive waveform K3402 (P.SUS) – K3404 (SUS.GND)
CH1: SCAN output waveform SCAN output – TP3713 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 10µsec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 10µsec/div.
V: 50V/div., H: 20µsec/div.
CH1 CH1
CH2
–GND
CH3
–GND
CH4
–GND
CH1
–GND
CH2
–GND
CH3
–GND
–GND
–GND
CH2
–GND
Waveforms of CABLE Assy Address resonant output waveform
Address resonant control signal waveform
(TP 1001) and midpoint voltage (C1001) (VIDEO input, black display)
(VIDEO input, black display; resonant pulse rate) CH1: ADR-U (IC1007 Pin 2) CH2: ADR-B (IC1007 Pin 4) CH3: ADR-D (IC1010 Pin 1) CH4: ADR-G (IC1009 Pin 1)
1 Field rate V: 2V/div H: 2msec/div 2 Resonant pulse rate V: 2V/div H: 500nsec/div
CH1
1 –GND
2
CH2
CH3
–GND
CH4
V : 2V/div H : 500nsec/div V : 2V/div H : 500nsec/div V : 2V/div H : 500nsec/div V : 2V/div H : 500nsec/div
–GND
–GND
–GND
–GND
37
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.8 UCOM ASSY SECTION 2 3
Jungle IC TB1227BN
PM_ST
37 38 39
∗GRN ∗RED ∗YLW
23
KEY (MONITOR)
LED DRIVE/CONTROL CIRCUIT ∗KEY
MR_KEY (SYSTEM) MR_KEY
CCD/TELTEXT TPU3050
REM_MP
EXPANDER CXA1875AM
SYSTEM CONTROL u-COM.
22
REM
Lo
REM
OSD IC PD0264AM-TFB (PDP-505HD Only)
∗CB_MUTE
20
TXD
54
21 32 14
RXD RTS CTS
56
10
VOL
∗PLL_CE
52
SC_DT (ULK_PLL)
31
59 60 62
∗A_MUTE1 ∗A_MUTE2 A_MUTE3
∗PN_CE
51
63
∗OSD_CE
53
OSD_H
64
VIDEO ASSY
PLD PE9006B
PLL CXA3106A
CLK2 DATA2
RXD/CB OUT RXD
7 8
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
RESET IC PST9146N
RESET_RET
VIDEO ASSY
RESET IC PST9146N
RESET_SU
IP BUSY 41 IP ERR 42
RST_RET
RST_SU
U-COM ASSY
SYNC u-COM HD64F3067
STB 5V RESET IC PST9146N
SMOOTHING CIRCUIT
∗POWER
11
0–5V DC
AUDIO PRE-AMP IC
AUDIO CIRCUIT
DATA2
FULL AUTO ZOOM IC HG62G010R29FB
8 58
CLK2 ∗ZOOM_CE
44
V_MUTE
RGB AMP IC M52337SP
1
S2_DET
S2 DETECT CIRCUIT
4
Y_DETI
Y SIGNAL DETECT CIRCUIT
PN BUSY 5 PN ERR 34 RMT 33
IP u-COM HD64F3067
RS-232C DRIVER/RECEIVER MC145407F
UCOM ASSY
D_CLK D_DATA
PANEL u-COM HD64F3067
POWER SUPPLY ASSY
CONTROL ASSY
47 ∗PN_MUTEX
U-COM ASSY
X DRIVE PLD
X DRIVE ASSY
Y DRIVE PLD
Y DRIVE ASSY
16 48 ∗PN_MUTEY
VPOL_U ∗SU_CE
43 57
74 75 76
S_D TEMP2 TEMP
I_DET DTO_SU REQ_SU PLK_ID
40 9 15 69
61
FAN_MAX
FAN CONTROL BLOCK
POWER 26
35
∗PN_RST
RESET MATRIX IC TC7W08FU
45 17
(E) SCL EP_RST
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
46
(E) SDA
64k E2PROM 24LC64
U-COM ASSY
∗RST
25
38 1
U-COM ASSY
67
∗OSD_CLR
7
D
REMOTE CONTROL SIGNAL CONTROL CIRCUIT
RS-232C CONTROLLER TC74HC00AF
∗PLD_CE
C
IR RECEIVE ASSY
IC3604 (M38869FFAHP)
OSD IC M35070 (35071)
SERIAL CLK/DATA U-COM CONTROLLER ASSY TC74VHC02FT-TBB
REM (MONITOR)
REMOTE CONTROL RECEIVER CIRCUIT
AUDIO AMP ASSY
B
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
3D Y/C SEPA. LSI uPD64081B
REMSW
MEDIA RECEIVER
REM_PM (SYSTEM)
Hi
68
KEY SCAN uCOM. PD5136
VIDEO ASSY
VIDEO ASSY
MATRIX IC CXA2101
M.R. (C.B.) CONNECTION DETECT CIRCUIT
80
U-COM ASSY
SCL SDA
E2PROM 24LC01B
A
2
3
4
UCOM ASSY
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Waveforms of U-COM ASSY 1
IC3602-pin4 (Clock input: X3602) V : 1V/div H : 1msec/div
5
IC3604-pin7 (CLK2) V :2V/div H : 50msec/div IC3604-pin7 (CLK2)(enlarged) V :2V/div H : 20msec/div
6
IC3604-pin8 (DATA2) V :2V/div H : 50msec/div IC3604-pin8 (CLK2)(enlarged) V :2V/div H : 20msec/div
5
11
–GND
-
enlarged
1 6
–GND
5
–GND
6
–GND
IC3604-pin28 (Clock input: X3601) V :2V/div H : 50nsec/div
10MHz IC3602-pin19 (Key code output) V :2V/div H : 100msec/div IC3602-pin19 (enlarged) (Key code output) V :2V/div H : 10msec/div
enlarged
–GND
–GND
IC3604-pin2 (SCL) V :5V/div H : 50msec/div
4
IC3604-pin3 (SDA) V :5V/div H : 50msec/div
13
IC3612-pin10 (D_CLK) V :2V/div H : 100msec/div IC3612-pin10 (D_CLK)(enlarged) V :2V/div H : 20msec/div
9
IC3604-pin46 ((E)SDA) V :2V/div H : 200msec/div IC3604-pin46 ((E)SDA)(enlarged) V :2V/div H : 50msec/div
13
IC3612-pin13 (D_DATA) V :2V/div H : 100msec/div IC3612-pin13 (D_DATA)(enlarged) V :2V/div H : 20msec/div
8
–GND
=
–GND
9
–GND
~
–GND
8
–GND
=
–GND
9
–GND
~
–GND
10
3
-
4
enlarged
3
IC3604-pin45 ((E)SCL) V :2V/div H : 200msec/div IC3604-pin45 ((E)SCL)(enlarged) V :2V/div H : 50msec/div
enlarged
2
8
enlarged
2
IC3604-pin23 (KEY) V :2V/div H : 100msec/div IC3604-pin23 (KEY)(enlarged) V :2V/div H : 10msec/div
–GND
–GND
39
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Pin Function Pin No. 1
Name
Function
Operation of Terminals (during power on)
I/O PDP- PDP- PDP502MX 502MXE 505HD
S2_DET
S2 Signal detection
0–1.3V: Normal, 1.4–2.4V: Letter Box, 2.5–5V: Squeeze
I
OPTION
Option Video Box detection
High: non existence, Low: existence of Video Box
I
0–5V clock signal: always communicating when power on
O
2
SCL
I2C-BUS
3
SDA
I2C-BUS Data
0–5V clock signal: always communicating when power on I/O
Result of Y signal detection
High: Y Signal detected, Low: Y Signal not detected
I
BUSY signal from Panel U-Com
High: In exchanging input functions, Low: Normal
I
Clock
4
V_DETI
5
PN_BUSY
6
–––––
No allocation(not used)
7
CLK2
Clock output for Serial 3 lines
0–5V clock signal: always communicating when power on
O
8
DATA2
Data output for Serial 3 lines
0–5V serial signal: always communicating when power on (both-way communication with Full Auto Zoom IC )
O
Serial data input from SYNC u-com
High: Normal, 0–5V serial signal: During communication
I
Audio volume output
PWM output
O
Reset Signal from Digital Video Assy (Panel u-com and IP u-com)
High: Normal, Low: In Reset
I
9
DTO_SU
10
VOL
11
RST RET
12
–––––
No allocation (not used)
13
–––––
No allocation (not used)
14
CTS
15
REQ_SU
Not used Request to read detected frequency from SYNC u-com
High: Normal, Low: In requesting
I
16
RST_SU
Reset Signal from SYNC u-com
High: Normal, Low: In resetting
I
High: In resetting, Low: Normal
O
E2PROM
17
EP_RST
Reset output to
18
BUSY2
Not used
19
SCL2
Not used
20
TXD
RS-232C sending data
0–5V serial signal
O
21
RXD
RS-232C receiving data
0–5V serial signal
I
22
REM
Remote Control unit signal input
High: Normal, 0–5V serial signal: In input from Remote Control unit
I
23
KEY
Key Matrix, Key of the unit input
High: Normal, 0–5V serial signal: In Key input
I
24
CNVSS
Controlling operation mode of u-com of the unit
Low: Normal
I
25
*RST
Reset input
High: Normal, Low: In Reset
I
26
POWER
Power on/off
High: When power on, Low: In Stand-by
O
27
–––––
No allocation (not used)
28
X_IN
Clock input
10 MHz sine wave
I
29
X_OUT
Clock output
10 MHz sine wave
O
30
VSS
Power supply terminal
STB GND
I
31
SC_DT Detecting SYNC Signal output from Analog High: existence of Sync signal, Low: non existence (ULK_PLL) Assy to Digital Assy
32
RTS
Not used
33
RMT
Signal of request to quit sending commands from Panel u-com
34
I
Low: Normal
I
PN_ERR
Communication error signal from Panel u-com Low: Normal
I
35
*PN_RST
Reset signal output to Panel u-com & IP u-com High: Normal, Low: In Reset
O
36
–––––
No allocation (not used)
37
*GRN
Green LED lighting
Low: In lighting Green LED
O
38
*RED
Red LED lighting
Low: In lighting Red LED
O
40
–– ––
––
––
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Pin No.
Name
39
*YLW
Yellow LED lighting
40
I_DET
Not used
41
IP_BUSY
42 43 44
V_MUTE
Analog video mute output
High: When muting, Low: Normal
O
45
(E) SCL
I2C-BUS Clock for E2PROM
High: Normal, 0–5V clock signal: During communication
I/O
46
(E) SDA
I2C-BUS Data for E2PROM
Function
Operation of Terminals (during power on)
I/O PDP- PDP- PDP502MX 502MXE 505HD
Low: In lighting Yellow LED
O
BUSY signal from IP u-com
High: At the timing of VD SYNC
I
IP_ERR
Communication error signal from IP u-com
Low: Normal
I
VPOL_U
Not used
High: Normal, 0–5V serial signal: During communication I/O
47 *PN_MUTEX X Drive Panel mute output
High: Normal, Low: When muting
O
48 *PN_MUTEY Y Drive Panel mute output
Fixed "High"
O
49
*V_STDO
Not used
50
STDSW
Not used
51
*PN_CE
Chip Enable for Panel u-com & IP u-com
High: Normal, Low: During communication
O
52
*PLL_CE
Chip Enable for PLL IC
High: Normal, Low: During communication (Approx.80ms interval)
O
53
*OSD_CE
Chip Enable for OSD IC
High: Normal, Low: During communication
O
54
HPOL_U
Not used
55
PGM_OE
Not used
56
*PLD_CE
Chip Enable for PLD (Analog Video Assy)
High: Normal, Low: During communication (Approx.80ms interval)
O
57
*SU_CE
Chip Enable for SYNC u-com
High: Normal, Low: During communication
O
58 *ZOOM_CE Chip Enable for Full Auto Zoom IC
High: Normal, Low: During communication
O
59 *A_MUTE1 Audio Mute 1
High: Normal, Low: When muting
O
–– ––
60 *A_MUTE2 Audio Mute 2 Muting audio out
High: Normal, Low: When muting
O
61
FAN_MAX
Command to rotate Fan with max. speed
High: In setting Fan max. speed, Low: Normal
O
62
A_MUTE3
Audio Mute 3 Mute in suspending
––
––
––
––
High: When muting, Low: Normal
O
––
63 *OSD_CLR Reset signal output to OSD IC
High: Normal, Low: In resetting
O
––
64
OSD_H
Pulse input
I
65
–––––
66
DRV_OFF
High: When ID is set, Low: Normal
O
I
OSD Timing Pulse for SYNC processing
––
––
No allocation (Not used) Not used
67 *CB_MUTE Combination Mute 68
REMSW
Not used
69
PLK_ID
Not used
70
–––––
71
VCC
Power source input
STB +5V
72
VREF
Reference voltage input of AD/DA Converters
STB +5V
I
73
AVSS
Analog power input of AD/DA Converters
STBGND
I
Shut down detection for high temperature
High: In high temperature, Low: Normal
I
0–5V DC value
I
––
No allocation (not used)
74
S_D
75
TEMP2
Not used
76
TEMP
Temperature detection for On screen bar display
77
–––––
No allocation (Not used)
78
–––––
No allocation (Not used)
79
–––––
No allocation (Not used)
80
PM_ST
Not used
41
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.9 MAIN POWER ASSY SECTION 1
L133
D132
2
1 2
3 Q201 SW Tr (2SK2847)
R154
Q136
VADR VSUS SEQUENCE
D150
R167 R131 R132
R253
Q186
Error AMP Q301 SW Tr (2SK2847)
D186 R189
D191 Q185
R316
3
AC OFF DET
D113
D402
D401
R347
Lo V VADR SEQUENCE
D185
Q401
Q183 D188
4
R406 D463
R363
R426
R364 R385
1
D437 Y DRV PD
D407 Main PWR PD
D408 AC200V PD
3
D405
PFC STOP PD UVP PD
ASSY 1
4
2
3 OVP POWER
42 2
3
Q408
D413
+
D412
To U-COM
UVP MUTE at P.ON
Q406
Q407
D439 Y DCDC PD
R410 Q425
D441 X DRV PD
D446
D447
D433 Audio Digital PD
R415
1
Error AMP
STB +12V
D P1
Comp
POWER Down Detection Block
P.ON:Lo POWER
STB+5V
R123
D458
7
14V
D457
STB +12V
5
4
RCC CONT
IC401 PFC STOP DET
R113
P.OFF:Hi
R121
Q351
R156
D406
D117
IC113
IC181
D115
RY131
VR111 +5V Adj
1
3
14V
Q111
D459
1
SW Tr (2SK2847)
Mute
Q439
SW111
D118
2
Q352
ON /OFF SW103
1
TP111 STB+5V
R122
DRV & UVP MUTE
2 Q437
AC100V (PDP-502MX) AC200V (PDP-502MXE)
1 Error AMP
Trig (-V)
D445
4
STBY POWER
C
3
Comp
+B
Q402
IC112
2
7
D183
STBY TRANS
IC111 5 SW 3 IC
5
4
RCC CONT
R185
D112
D461
D116
R312
DRV ON/OFF
R190
TP112
T111 ATK1133
2
1
+B
P.ON:Lo
+
2
D189
B
4
3
Comp
+B
D111
RCC CONT
R232
Q131
R155
D138
D151
7 IC131 Power 6 Factor Correction 5
+B OVP
3
5
4
R184
3
Q134
D190
8
1
Q132
R140 R166
+B Adj VR131
C202 +
R165
4
4
D414
RY101
R139
A
1
AEK1071 FU101
In rush R TP131 R133 +B (380V) R134 R168
D131
POWER FACTOR CONTROL
5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
VSUS Discharging R R228 R227 R226 R262 R263 R264
D202
R463
4
OTL CONT (A) ASSY
2
R436
5
P6
DisCharge Q207, Q206 Q205,
12
2 One Shot IC304
mp 1
VADR TRANS
2
3
3
4
IC301
2
VR301 VADR Adj
OTL CONT (B) ASSY
ADR GND
R440 R441
5
Q417
Q304
Q416
TP351 A.GND -8V TP352 +8V
-8V 8V
D305 Vadr up
IC302 Trig (-V)
VADR OVP
2 14V
12V 1
D432
8V
2
2
1
3
IC351
2
4 1
Q422 R358
-8V UVP
Q420
OTL CONT (C) ASSY
14V UVP
14V OVP -8V
14V
Trig (-V)
D355 14V up
IC352 IC402
R360
14V UVP OVP
R357
VR356 14V Adj
STB +12V
R444
R443
8V
R358
14V
C
TP353 +12V
D434
8V UVP
R356
1 Error AMP
14V 3
5
One Shot IC354
D352
Comp
3
D356
7
1
R493
3
D373
D431
-8V
R445
5
4
CC CONT
Q419
D429
D453
Q435
3
P4
R490 R491
D451
D.GND 12V Q421 UVP
SW Tr (2SK2847)
11
14V
R451
+
Q354
R447
Q351
1
6 D.GND
12V 12V
7 5
TP355 +14V
B
IC404
1
T351 ATK1130
11
6
D449
3
R306 R348
1
D427
VADR UVP
R315 3
R364
14V UP
D428
+
Q302
TP301 VADR (60V)
D205 VSUS UP
D206
60V
8
VADR OVP
UVP MUTE Q212 Q213
D302
R385
D422
Q416
Mute T301 ATK1129
7 ADR GND
5
VSUS UVP
R208
1
4
2
7
To UCOM ASSY
1
Error AMP
IC201
3
SUS GND
D421
SUS GND
VSUS TRANS 1
IC202
3
VR201 VSUS Adj
Q415
To ANALOG VIDEO ASSY
2
6
R210
3
6
R437
5
One Shot IC204
10V
IC405
R268
3
IC403
R462
1
5
R461
R206
T201 ATK1128
A
2
VSUS+10V
VSUS TRANS
r
P5 1
+
Q201 SW Tr (2SK2847)
4
TP201 VSUS (170V)
D212
170V Q202
4
D213
To UCOM ASSY
T202 ATK1128
-8V
1 2
9 7
UVP Q408
14V
D413 4
5 3
D414
+
2 D.GND
To UCOM ASSY
10
3
R424
Q407
UVP MUTE at P.ON
1 12V P3
43 5
6
7
8
D
2
2
SENS A
3
61
76
3
1
1
K3952 SENS A
K3954 SD
+10V REG
IC3951 PQ20VZIU
R3971
3
Q3952
2 –
Q3959
1
IC3954
10V REG
3 +
0.7V DC GENE
Q3960
6.5VDC
+ 5 – 6
S.D DET
7
IC3954
Q3966 D3959
E27
E2
Q3953 FAN MAX CONT
D3952
D3951 4.5V DC VOL GENE FAN MIN
– +
REG
44
4
30degC
Vo 3
Vo 3
S.D = Caution display for 30 sec.
MIN
FAN SPEED 45degC (MAX)
6.04V 6.08V 13.28V 16.58V STOP 4.45V 5.22V 5.55V 6.46V
MIN 30.0 43.0 45.0 50 (S.D)
REG
IC3956 PQ20VZIU VIN 4 Vad
1
1 VIN 4 Vad
FAN IC3954 Pin1 Out DRV TP
+14V_FAN1 ENV. TEMP
IC3953
IC3952 PQ20VZIU
K3951 FAN DRV
FAN AXM1036
FAN AXM1036
FAN AXM1036
FAN AXM1036
3
U-COM ASSY AWZ6499 (PDP-502MX) AWZ6520 (PDP-502MXE)
FAN MAX
ShutDown
TEMP SENS
IC3604 SYSTEM CONT U-COM
SENSOR (A) ASSY AWZ6501
R4151 IC4101 LM50CIM3-TLB
TEMP SENS
1
10VREG
P1
From Power +14V 7 Supply assy
Q3962
1
2
D3953
D Q3951
C Q3957
B
Q3958
A
Q3954
1 4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.10 FAN CONTROL SECTION
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
45
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
6. ADJUSTMENT SERVICE FACTORY MODE Perform the operations of Service factory mode using the remote control unit provided with thePDP-501HD (CU-PD001: AXD1432) or the remote control unit provided with the PDP-502HD (CU-PDP009: AXD1673).
Entering Service Factory Mode POWER
Normal Operation Mode (Standby) "Menu" key ‘ ∗"Power" key
MENU
SET MUTE
"Menu" key SOUND VOLUME
"Menu" key ‘ "Set" key ‘ ∗"Power" key
within 3 seconds
within 3 seconds
Integrator Mode (refer to Technical Manual)
∗CU-PDP009 has two "Power" keys. In Service factory Mode, use the "Power" key located on the upper left of the remote control unit. Service Factory Mode SERVICE mode
Displaying version of the system micro computer. Displaying type and format of detected input signal. Displaying the frequency/the number of lines of input signal.
"MUTE" key
CU-PDP001 (AXD1432)
RANGE CHECK mode "MUTE" key
"MUTE" key
PICUTRE mode
POWER
REFERENCE 1…… "1" key REFERENCE 2…… "2" key VIDEO BOX ……… "3" key "MUTE" key
INITIALIZE mode
SOUND VOLUME
MUTE
SUB VIDEO………… "1" key + "SET" key DRIVE ADJ………… "9" key + "SET" key
Mode for checking operations of each device at video section, by changing its adjustment value to maximum and to minimum. This mode is not used for repair service. "1" and "2" keys: Mode for adjusting video section (Independent for each signal type and format) "3" key: Mode for adjusting video box (PDA-5001) (PDP-502MXE only) Mode for each setting Drive section adjustment Pulse/ABL adjustment Sub video section adjustment (Common value to all input signal)
MENU
In each adjustment mode, adjusted values can be changed with +/– of "SOUND VOLUME" key on the remote control unit. After adjustment, adjusted values can be fixed by pressing "SET" key.
SET
CU-PDP009 (AXD1673)
46
Note) When an input signal mode is changed, the adjustment mode is set to Normal operation mode automatically. SETTING (PC/VIDEO) and SIGNAL (RGB/COMPONENT) can not be changed in the service factory mode. When entering Service factory mode, all items of PICTURE adjustment in Normal menu/ Integrator mode and all items of SCREEN menu (such as position adj.), except for CLK Phase, are reset to their initial value.
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
SERVICE MODE Version of the system micro computer P D 5 5 3 1 – 0 1 (502MX) P D 5 5 4 9 ! 0 4 (502MXE)
Signal mode discrimination of current input signal
PD5531–01
N: NTSC P: PAL S: SECAM 4: 4.43 NTSC
MODE 06–A/N
FH : 1 5 . 7K H Z FV : 60 . 0 HZ L I NE : 4 8 0 L I N E
Input format
None: RGB /: Video/S Video +: Component ! : SCART RGB (502MXE only)
Screen size (refer to List of Signal Modes) Current input signal’s Horizontal frequency Vertical frequency The number of total lines
Input signal mode (refer to List of Signal Modes)
List of Signal Modes Holizontal Vertical Frequency Frequency Fh (Hz) Fv (Hz) 50.0
15.625K
31.3K
56.0
Input Signal Dot ∗ Line
Signal Mode
OSD
Remarks
VIDEO
PAL
––
01-6
984 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
01-6 – 01-A : RGB
SECAM
––
01-7
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
01-6+ – 01-A+: Y color-difference 06-6/ – 06-A/: Video/S Video
PAL-N (502MX only)
––
01-8
±
ZOOM
NTSC-50
––
01-9
±
CINEMA WIDE
SCART RGB (50Hz) (502MXE only)
––
01-A
Double-speed PAL
––
02-6
± 984 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
02-6 – 02-A: RGB
––
02-7
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
02-6+ – 02-A+: Y color-difference
––
02-8
±
ZOOM
––
02-9
±
CINEMA WIDE
––
02-A
± 1280 ∗ 768
24.8K
640 ∗ 400 (PC-98)
03-2
––
35.2K
800 ∗ 600 (SVGA 56Hz)
04-0
––
04-1
––
04-2
––
05-2
––
45.1K
Panel Display Dot ∗ Line
PC
1280 ∗ 768 (WIDE-XGA)
800 ∗ 600 1024 ∗ 768 1280 ∗ 768 1280 ∗ 768
01-6! – 01-A!: SCART RGB NATURAL WIDE (502MXE only)
NATURAL WIDE FULL
FULL display only
ORIGINAL
(VESA: 35.156k/56.250)
4:3 NORMAL FULL ORIGINAL
Exclusive video card No 4:3 squeeze display
60.0
15.734K
NTSC
––
06-6
984 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
06-6 – 06-A: RGB
4.43NTSC
––
06-7
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
06-6+ – 06-A+: Y color-difference 06-6/ – 06-A/: Video/S Video
PAL-M (502MX only)
––
06-8
±
ZOOM
PAL-60
––
06-9
±
CINEMA WIDE
SECAM-60
––
06-A
±
07-0
––
07-1
––
07-2
––
06-6! – 06-A!: SCART RGB NATURAL WIDE (502MXE only)
SCART RGB (60Hz) (502MXE only) SDTV16:9 (704 ∗ 480 i ) SDTV 4:3 (704 ∗ 480 i ) SDTV 4:3 (640 ∗ 480 i ) 31.5K 32.0K
640 ∗ 480 (VGA) 852 ∗ 480 (WIDE-VGA) 864 ∗ 480 (WIDE-VGA)
640 ∗ 480 1024 ∗ 768
ORIGINAL
PC setting
4:3NORMAL
(VESA: 31.469k/59.940)
––
07-6
1280 ∗ 768 984 ∗ 768
SDTV16:9 (704 ∗ 480 p ) SDTV 4:3 (704 ∗ 480 p )
––
07-7
1280 ∗ 768
––
07-8
SDTV 4:3 (640 ∗ 480 p )
––
07-9
––
07-A
±
NATURAL WIDE
Double-speed NTSC
FULL 4:3NORMAL
VIDEO setting
FULL
07-6 – 07-A: RGB
±
ZOOM
07-6+ – 07-A+: Y color-difference
±
CINEMA WIDE
47
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Holizontal Vertical Frequency Frequency Fh (Hz) Fv (Hz) 60.0
33.8K
Input Signal Dot ∗ Line
Signal Mode PC
VIDEO
Panel Display Dot ∗ Line
––
08-7
1280 ∗ 768
Hi-Vision INTERLACE (1080 i )
––
09-7
Hi-Vision INTERLACE (1035 i )
OSD FULL (HD)
HDTV16:9 (1920 ∗ 1080 i )
Remarks 08-7+: Y color-difference 08-7: RGB
37.9K
800 ∗ 600 (SVGA)
0A-0
––
800 ∗ 600
ORIGINAL
38.0K
1072 ∗ 600 (WIDE-SVGA)
0A-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3NORMAL
45.0K
HDTV16:9 (1280 ∗ 720 p )
0A-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
––
0B-7
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (HD)
(VESA: 37.879k/60.317)
0B-7+: Y color-difference 0B-7: RGB
48.4K
1024 ∗ 768 (XGA)
0C-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
ORIGINAL
48.4K
1280 ∗ 768
0C-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
ORIGINAL
No 4:3 squeeze display
48.0K
1376 ∗ 768 (WIDE-XGA)
0C-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
Switches by the menu
53.7K
1152 ∗ 864
0D-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
0D-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
0E-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
0E-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
60.0K 64.0K
1280 ∗ 960 1280 ∗ 1024 (SXGA)
64.3K 64.6K 67.5K
Hi-Vision PROGRESSIVE (1035 p)
0F-1
––
960 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
0F-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
0F-3
––
1280 ∗ 768
ZOOM
––
10-7
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (HD)
HDTV16:9 (1920 ∗ 1080 p ) 75.0K
1600 ∗ 1200 (UXGA)
11-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
12-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
640 ∗ 480 (Macintosh 13)
14-0
––
640 ∗ 480
ORIGINAL
14-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
14-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
640 ∗ 400 (PC-H98)
10-7+: Y color-difference
(VESA: 81.250k/65.000)
1600 ∗ 1200 (UXGA)
35.0K
31.5K
Trimming display
(VESA: 75.000k/60.000)
81.3K
1152 ∗ 900 (SUN LO)
(VESA: 63.981k/60.020)
4:3 (TYPE)
66.7
62.0K
(VESA: 60.000k/60.000)
10-7: RGB
65.0
70.1
(VESA: 48.363k/60.004)
13-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
13-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
15-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
Mode for SUN (UNIX) 720 ∗ 400 can be displayed (Data amount drops)
56.5K
72.0
1024 ∗ 768
ORIGINAL
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
(VESA: 56.476k/70.069)
1600 ∗ 1200 (UXGA)
17-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
(VESA: 87.500k/70.000)
640 ∗ 480 (VGA)
18-0
––
640 ∗ 480
ORIGINAL
(VESA: 37.861k/72.809)
18-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
18-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
37.5K
46.9K
48
–– ––
37.9K
64.9K
(74.6)
16-1 16-2
87.5K
48.1K
75.0
1024 ∗ 768 (XGA)
49.7K
800 ∗ 600 (SVGA)
1152 ∗ 864 640 ∗ 480 (VGA)
800 ∗ 600 (SVGA)
832 ∗ 624 (Macintosh 16)
19-0
––
800 ∗ 600
ORIGINAL
19-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
19-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
1A-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
1A-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
1C-0
––
640 ∗ 480
ORIGINAL
1C-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
1C-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
1D-0
––
800 ∗ 600
ORIGINAL
1D-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
1D-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
1E-0
––
832 ∗ 624
ORIGINAL
1E-1
––
1024 ∗ 748
4:3 NORMAL
1E-2
––
1280 ∗ 748
FULL
(VESA: 48.077k/72.188)
(VESA:37.500k/75.000)
(VESA:46.875k/75.000)
4:3/FULL = Top & bottom are masked
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Holizontal Vertical Frequency Frequency Fh (Hz) Fv (Hz)
Input Signal Dot ∗ Line
Signal Mode PC
VIDEO
Panel Display Dot ∗ Line
OSD
Remarks
75.0
60.0K
1024 ∗ 768 (XGA)
1F-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
ORIGINAL
(VESA: 60.023k/75.029)
(74.9)
60.2K
1024*768 (Macintosh 19)
1F-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
74.9/60.2K.......MAC
67.7K
1152 ∗ 864
20-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
(VESA: 67.500k/75.000)
20-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
(75.1) (76.1)
85.0
68.7K 71.7K
1152 ∗ 900 (SUN HI)
80.0K
1280 ∗ 1024 (SXGA)
81.0K
1600 ∗ 1024 (WIDE-SXGA)
43.3K
640 ∗ 480 (VGA)
53.7K
68.7K
87.0
1152 ∗ 870 (Macintosh 21)
800 ∗ 600 (SVGA)
1024 ∗ 768 (XGA)
21-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
21-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
2A-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
2A-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
22-1
––
960 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
(VESA: 79.976k/75.025) (VESA: 43.269k/85.008)
23-0
––
640 ∗ 480
ORIGINAL
23-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3NORMAL
23-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
24-0
––
800 ∗ 600
ORIGINAL
(VESA: 53.674k/85.061)
24-1
––
1024 ∗ 720
4:3NORMAL
24-2
––
1280 ∗ 720
FULL
4:3/FULL = Top & bottom are masked (VESA: 68.677k/84.997)
25-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
ORIGINAL
25-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
91.1K
1280 ∗ 1024 (SXGA)
26-1
––
960 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
(VESA: 91.146k/85.024)
35.5K
1024 ∗ 768 (XGA)
27-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
ORIGINAL (TYPE)
27-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
(VESA: 35.522k/43.479 INTERLACED)
28-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
INTERLACE 46.4K
1280 ∗ 1024 (SXGA)
49
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Items to adjust and set value in Each Adjustment mode PICUTRE mode
Current menu
PICTURE mode has three menus, "REFERENCE 1", "REFERENCE 2" and "VIDEO BOX". Press "1" key on the remote control unit to enter "REFERENCE 1", press "2" key on the remote control unit to enter "REFERENCE 2" and press "3" key on the remote control unit to enter "VIDEO BOX". For "VIDEO BOX" mode , refer to the service manual ARP3038 for PDA-5001/ZYVLPK Do not operate keys that have no parameters applied to the current input signal mode.
REFERENCE1
Input signal
MODE 06–A/N
Adjustment parameter Setting value CONTRAST
:160
REFERENCE 1 mode Adjustment mode independent of input signal format / Data stored in EEPROM of U-COM ASSY Remote Control Key
Adjustment Parameter
Setting Value Adjusting & Setting Item
1
CONTRAST
2
BRIGHT
Brightness adjustment
3
COLOR
Color adjustment
4
TINT
5
H. SHARP H. ENHANCE
6
DETAIL
7
R HIGH
8
G HIGH
9
B HIGH
10
R LOW
11
G LOW
12 BS5
Contrast adjustment
Tint adjustment (C.Video signal input only)
C. VIDEO/YC SCART RGB COMPONENT RGB VIDEO PC NTSC PAL SECAM 4.43NT RGB60RGB50 STD × 2 HDTV STD × 2 HDTV Adjustment required Adjustment required
Horizontal sharpness setting (Video signal input) 128 140 140 128 128 140 113 128 128 128 128 128 –– Horizontal sharpness setting (PC signal input)
––
Detail setting
128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128
White Balance adjustment
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
–– 128
Adjustment required
B LOW V. SHARP V. ENHANCE
Vertical sharpness setting (Video signal input) Vertical sharpness setting (PC signal input)
128 140 140 128 128 140 113 128 128 128 128 128 –– ––
––
––
––
––
––
BS9
ABL LEV OFFSET ABL Level offset adjustment
Adjustment required (note 2)
BS11
PLS NUM OFFSET Pulse number offset adjustment
8
8
8
8
8
8
––
––
––
––
––
–– 128
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
SCART RGB: PDP-502MXE Only
REFERENCE 2 mode Adjustment mode independent of input signal format / Data stored in EEPROM of VIDEO ASSY Setting Value
Remote Control Key
Adjustment Parameter
1
R-Y/R
6(10) 11(13) 11(13) 6(10) 10
13
6
6
6
6
6
6
––
2
R-Y/B
12(15) 14(15) 14(15) 12(15) 15
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
––
3
G-Y/R
4
G-Y/B
Adjusting & Setting Item
Matrix demodulation angle setting (Video signal input only)
C. VIDEO/YC SCART RGB COMPONENT RGB VIDEO PC NTSC PAL SECAM 4.43NT RGB60 RGB50 STD × 2 HDTV STD × 2 HDTV
7 9(10) 9(10) 8
6(4)
6(4)
7
10
10
7
7
10
7
7
10
––
8
5
4
8
8
5
8
8
5
––
9
ENHANCER MAIN
0(0) 0(0)
0(0) 0(0)
0
0
0
0
0
0(0) 0(0)
0
––
10
ENHANCER V
0(0) 0(0)
0(0) 0(0)
0
0
0
0
0
0(0) 0(0)
0
––
11
ENHANCER M
0(0) 0(0)
0(0) 0(0)
0
0
0
0
0
0(0) 0(0)
0
––
12
ENHANCER H
0(0) 0(0)
0(0) 0(0)
0
0
0
0
0
0(0) 0(0)
0
––
BS5
R-Y LEVEL
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
BS7
B-Y LEVEL
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
BS9
Y DELAY
BS11
CTI LEVEL
Sharpness setting
Color-difference adjustment (INPUT 1, 2 only)(502MX only) Y delay setting (INPUT 1, 2 only)(502MX only) Color transient setting (INPUT 1, 2 only)
Adjustment required 1
0
3
4
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
1(2)
2
2
2
2
2
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
SCART RGB: PDP-502MXE Only, (
Note 1) For Parameter , adjustment values are fixed. Note 2) If unnecessarily adjusted, power consumption of the unit is changed and the panel is damaged. Adjust only in case of necessity. 50
): PDP-502MXE
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
INITIALIZE mode (Common for all input signal types and formats) Input Signal
Current Menu INITIALISE
MODE 06–A/N
SUB VIDEO
Remote Control Key
Adjustment Parameter
Adjusting & Setting Item
Setting Value
1
SUB VIDEO
Go to SUB VIDEO adjustment menu with "SET" key
–––
2
MIRROR MODE (502MX only)
3
FULL MASK
4
COLOR DETECT (502MX only)
5
Adjustment Table or Parameter
6
OFF XY
Setting Mirror mode
X Y
Setting Full mask display OFF
OFF OFF
ON
EURO
Setting Color detecting ALL
EURO mode
SA
HOUR METER (502MX only) Displaying operation hour meter BAUD RATE (502MX only)
7
EEPROM INIT.
8
MASK CONTROL
1200
Setting Baud rate
19200
––– 2400 .......
4800
Initializing EEPROM (Do not use)
–––
Setting Original /4:3 displaying area motion mode.
ON
OFF
ON
9
DRIVE ADJ
Go to DRIVE adjustment menu with "SET" key
–––
11
INTE. MODE
Setting Integrator mode lock/ free
ON
LOCK ON
BS5
FINAL SET UP
FREE
Setting to default factory setting with "SET" key (refer to Details of FINAL SETUP)
–––
SUB VIDEO mode (Common for all input signal types and formats) Input Signal
Current Menu SUB VIDEO
MODE 06–A/N
Remote Control Key
Adjustment Parameter
1
SUB CONTRAST
2
SUB CONTRAST
:
32
Setting Value
Adjustment Parameter
SUB BRIGHT
Adjusting & Setting Item
Setting Value
Sub Contrast adjustment (except for PC)
Adjustment required
Sub Brightness adjustment (except for PC) Adjustment required
3
SUB TINT (502MX only) Sub Tint setting (except for PC)
64
8
PULSE NUMBER (502MX only) Base pulse number adjustment (note)
8
9
ABL LEVEL (502MX only) ABL Level value adjustment (note)
BS5
ACL SW
BS11
D RANGE SW
128
ACL setting
OFF
ON
ON
Dynamic Range setting
OFF
ON
OFF
Note ) If unnecessarily adjusted, power consumption of the unit is changed and the panel is damaged. Adjust only in case of necessity.
DRIVE ADJ mode (Common for all input signal types and formats) Input Signal
Current Menu DRIVE ADJ
MODE 06–A/N
Remote Control Key
Adjustment Parameter
1
X-SUS-B
2
X-SUS-G
Adjusting & Setting Item
Setting Value Adjustment required 8
Sustain Drive Pulse adjustment
X–SUS–B
Adjustment Parameter
:
15
Setting Value
3
Y-SUS-B
Adjustment required
4
Y-SUS-G
8
10
R SIDE LEVEL
100
11
G SIDE LEVEL
Side Mask color/level setting
97
12
B SIDE LEVEL
100
BS5
R FULL LEVEL
255
BS7
G FULL LEVEL
BS9
B FULL LEVEL
Full Mask color/level setting
255 255
51
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Details of FINAL SETUP ( Factory default setting) Item
Default Setting
Power(STAND-BY/ON)
STANDBY
Input function
INPUT1 (502MX), INPUT3 (502MXE)
Displaying size
NATURAL WIDE (PC 1) ORIGINAL (including TYPE) (PC 2) 4: 3NORMAL (including TYPE) (PC 3) FULL (including TYPE)
V. POSITION
Remarks
(On video signal input) For each input function (On PC signal input) For INPUT 3, 4 ∩ each signal mode The priority order is 1 = 2 = 3
0
(On video signal input)
For each input function
0
(On "mode0F-3" input)
For each INPUT 3, 4
KEYLOCK
UNLOCK
Common for all input functions
VOLUME
0
Common for all input functions
MUTING
OFF
Common for all input functions
PICTURE
Center value for all adjustment items
For each input function ∩ each signal mode
SCREEN
Center value for all adjustment items
For each input function ∩ each signal mode
(VIDEO)
OFF
(On video signal input) Common for all input functions
(PC)
OFF
(On PC signal input) Common for INPUT 3, 4
COLOR SYSTEM
AUTO
For each INPUT 1, 2
3D Y/C MODE (502MX only)
MOTION
For only INPUT 1
SETTING/SIGNAL
PC/RGB
For each INPUT 3, 4
CLAMP
MODE1
(On RGB signal input) For each INPUT 3, 4
HIGH CONTRAST
OFF
(On video signal input) Common for all input functions
ABL
ON
(On PC signal input) For each INPUT 3, 4
H. ENHANCE
Center value
(On PC signal input) For each INPUT 3, 4
V. ENHANCE
Center value
(On PC signal input) For each INPUT 3, 4
PICTURE
Adjustment values for all adjustment items
POWER SAVE
Memory cleared for PC For each input function ∩ each signal mode
WHITE BALANCE
Adjustment values for all adjustment items
Memory cleared for PC For each input function ∩ each signal mode
SCREEN SIDE MASK
Center value for all adjustment items R LEVEL
100
G LEVEL
97
B LEVEL
100
For each input function ∩ each signal mode Common for all input functions
COLOR MODE
1
Common for all input functions
MIRROR MODE
OFF
Common for all input functions
OFF
(On video signal input) Common for all input functions
BRIGHT ENHANCE
(VIDEO)
OFF
(On PC signal input) Common for INPUT 3,4
OSD
(PC)
ON
Common for all input functions
BAUD RATE
4800BPS
Common for all input functions
FAN CONTROL
AUTO
Common for all input functions
HOUR METER
0
Operation hour
SUB VOLUME
INPUT1
63
INPUT2
63
INPUT3
63
INPUT4
63
FULL MASK
Independent sound volume for each input function
OFF
COLOR DETECT (502MX only)
EURO
MASK CONTROL
ON
lNTE. MODE
ON
Integrator mode operable.
lD No.
– – (Not given)
Only commands with ID:** operable
52
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Adjustments required when the set is repaired or replaced VIDEO ASSY
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
When repaired
When replaced
1) (Procedure 1) Color difference (R-Y/B-Y) adjustment (502MX only) 2) (Procedure 2) Sub-Contrast/Sub-Bright adjustment 3) (Procedure 8) White balance adjustment
When replaced
1) (Procedure 5) 5V/3.3V voltage adjustment
When replaced No adjustment required.
Y DRIVE ASSY
3) (Procedure 8) White balance adjustment
When repaired 3) (Procedure 6) VOFS/VH/IC5V voltage adjustment
MAIN POWER ASSY
When replaced
When repaired 1) (Procedure 3) VSUS/VADR/STB5V/+14V voltage adjustment 2) (Procedure 4) VSUS UVP/+B voltage adjustment
When replaced 1) (Procedure 3) VSUS voltage adjustment (Adjust the voltage to the voltage value mentioned on the “Drive voltage label”)
1) (Procedure 6) VOFS voltage adjustment (Adjust the voltage to the voltage value mentioned on the “Drive voltage label”)
U-COM ASSY When replaced Remove IC3601, EEPROM (24LC64(1)SN-TBB) from the defect ASSY and replace it with the one on the new ASSY.
Caution: Setting of SW, S111 at MAIN POWER ASSY PDP-502MXE Only: Set the SW, S111 to AC220V side. Otherwise the power will shutdown. PDP-502MX/505HD: Set the SW, S111 to AC100V side.
Drive Voltage Label
Position of Drive Voltage Label
53
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Adjusting Method Procedure
Adjusting Item
Input signal
Adjusting Point REFERENCE 2 in Factory mode R–Y LEVEL ….…. "BS5" Key
1
Color-difference Level adjustment (R–Y LEVEL/ B–Y LEVEL) (502MX only)
Adjusting Method R-Y LEVEL adjustment Observe R-Y color-difference waveform at Pin 3 (INT_Cr) of IC1401 (MATRIX IC) in VIDEO Assy. Adjust R-Y LEVEL so that the point indicated in the right figure becomes "260mV±15mV".
260±15 mV
Full Field Color bar signal REFERENCE 2 in Factory mode B–Y LEVEL ….…. "BS7" Key
B-Y LEVEL adjustment Observe B-Y color-difference waveform at Pin 4 (INT_Cb) of IC1401(MATRIX IC) in VIDEO Assy. Adjust B-Y LEVEL so that the point indicated in the right figure becomes "260mV±15mV".
260±15 mV
SUB VIDEO mode in Factory mode SUB CONTRAST.…. "1" Key SUB BRIGHT .…. "2" Key ACL. SW .…. .…. "BS5" Key
SUB BRIGHT / SUB CONTRAST adjustment 1) SUB BRIGHT rough adjustment Set P. ACL. SW OFF. Observe signal at K2417 in Video Assy. Adjust so that the blanking period level of the signal becomes 0 IRE level. 2) SUB CONTRAST adjustment Set P. ACL. SW OFF. Adjust so that 0 to 100 IRE level of the signal at K2417 in Video Assy becomes "0.8V".
2
SUB CONTRAST/ SUB BRIGHTNESS adjustment
RAMP signal
3) SUB BRIGHT fine adjustment Set P. ACL. SW ON. Adjust so that the signal level in blanking period at K2417 in Video Assy becomes 0 IRE level. 4) Signal level (adjustment value) confirmation Set P. ACL. SW ON. Observe the signal at K2417 in Video Assy . Confirm that the 0 IRE to 100 IRE level of the signal is "0.58V".
SUB BRIGHT Adjustment
0±20 mV H Blanking Period
100 IRE
0.8±0.02 V
0 IRE SUB CONTRAST Adjustment
100 IRE
0.58±0.05 V
0 IRE Signal level (adjustment value) confirmation
54
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Procedure
Adjusting Item
Input signal
Adjusting Point
VR201 (VSUS) MAIN POWER ASSY
Adjusting Method VSUS (Sustain voltage) adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP201(VSUS) and TP202 (SUS GND) becomes ±1V of the voltage indicated at the "voltage indication label". The symptom in case of mis-adjustment If the VSUS adjustment is not performed properly, dots like blinking luminance points appear. If deviated greatly from the right adjustment point, Panel will stop lighting.
3
VSUS/VADR/ STB5V/+14V Voltage adjustment
White 100% signal
VADR (Address voltage) adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP301(VADR) and TP302 (ADR GND) becomes "59V±0.5V". VR301 (VADR) MAIN POWER ASSY
The symptom in case of mis-adjustment If the VADR adjustment is not performed properly, dots like blinking luminance points appear. If deviated greatly from the right adjustment point, Panel will light white.
VR111 (STB5V) MAIN POWER ASSY
STB5V adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP111(STB5V) and TP113(STB GND) becomes "+5V ± 0.1V".
VR356 (+14V) MAIN POWER ASSY
+14V adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP355(+14V) and TP356 (AGND) becomes "+14V ± 0.1V".
Note) Be sure to measure between specified test points.
4
VSUS UVP/+B Voltage adjustment
White 100% signal
VR401 (VSUS UVP) MAIN POWER ASSY
VSUS UVP adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP404 (V1) and TP405 (V2) becomes "0V ± 10mV".
VR131 (+B) MAIN POWER ASSY
+B Voltage adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP131 (+B) and TP132 (P. GND) becomes "+380V ± 1.0V".
Note) Normally, these adjustments are not needed in repair service. Adjust them only when VR is rotated by mistake and it needs to be re-adjusted. Moreover, be sure to measure between specified test points in adjustment. VR552 (5V) DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
+5V adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP553 (5V) and TP554 (DGND) becomes "+5V ± 0.05V".
VR602 (3.3V) DIGITAL VIDEOASSY
+3.3V adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP601 (3.3V) and TP602 (DGND) becomes "3.3V ± 0.05V".
Any input signal
5
5V/3.3V Voltage adjustment
Note) Be sure to use a non-metallic screw driver such as a ceramic screw driver in the adjustment. If a metallic screw driver is used, DC/DC converter may operate wrongly. Moreover, be sure to measure between specified test points.
55
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Procedure
Adjusting Item
Input signal
Adjusting Point
VR700 (VOFS) Y DRIVE ASSY
Adjusting Method VOFS (Offset voltage) adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP705 (VOFS) and TP703 (SUS GND) becomes ± 0.5V" of the voltage indicated at the "voltage indication label". The symptom in case of mis-adjustment If the VOFS adjustment is not performed properly, dots like blinking luminance points appear. If deviated greatly from the right adjustment point, Panel will light white.
6
VOFS/VH/IC5V Voltage adjustment
VR750 (VH) Y DRIVE ASSY
VH (voltage for Scan IC) adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP751 (VH) and TP753 (PSUS) becomes "103V ± 0.5V". PSUS (=GNDH) is a floating GND and the electric potential is different from that of chassis GND. Be sure not to short-circuit PSUS (=GNDH) and another GND, because that may damage the unit. The symptom in case of mis-adjustment If the VH adjustment is not performed properly, dots like blinking luminance points appear. If deviated greatly from the right adjustment point, panel will light white.
White 100% signal
VR851 (IC5V) Y DRIVE ASSY
IC5V adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP851 (IC5V) and TP854 (PSUS) becomes "+5.0V ± 0.1V". PSUS (=GNDH) is a floating GND and the electric potential is different from that of chassis GND. Be sure not to short-circuit PSUS (=GNDH) and another GND, because that may damage the unit.
Note) Be sure to measure between specified test points.
7
Sustain Pulse Waveform adjustment
White 100% signal
DRIVE ADJ mode in Factory mode X-SUS-G.…..."2" Key Y-SUS-G .….."4" Key
X-SUS-G, Y-SUS-G adjustment Set to the indicated value with a key on the remote control unit. (refer to DRIVE ADJ mode)
DRIVE ADJ mode in Factory mode X-SUS-B.…..."1" Key Y-SUS-B .….."3" Key
X-SUS-B, Y-SUS-B adjustment 1) Set adjustment value to "8", and confirm that green mis-discharging dots do not appear within 20mm from top & bottom of Screen. 2) When green mis-discharging dots appear, decrease the adjustment value "1" by "1" until green mis-discharging dots will disappear. Set the adjustment value when the green disappear. 3) Observe sustain waveform at each Drive Assy, between K3402 (X-PSUS) and K3404 (SUS-GND), and TP3716 (Y-PSUS) and TP3713 (SUS-GND). Confirm that the waveform is not distorted.
The symptom in case of mis-adjustment Green mis-discharging dots appear within 20mm from top & bottom of Screen.
56
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Procedure
Adjusting Item
Input signal
Adjusting Point
Preparation setting
REFERENCE 1 Set CONTRAST to "128" and BRIGHT to "128". in Factory mode CONTRAST...."1" Key BRIGHT .…...."2" Key
1) RAMP signal
REFERENCE 1 in Factory mode R LOW......... "10" Key G LOW........ "11" Key B LOW......... "12" Key
3) RAMP signal
White Balance adjustment
REFERENCE 1 in Factory mode R HIGH........... "7" Key G HIGH........... "8" Key B HIGH........... "9" Key
SUB VIDEO mode 4) White Signal in Factory mode (56 IRE: Gray) ACL. SW ........."BS5" Key
Skin color
LOW LIGHT adjustment 1) Observe the signals at TP terminals R: K2423, G: K2424, B: K2425, of VIDEO ASSY. Adjust with the keys on the remote control unit, so that the black level (0 IRE) of the signal is within the DC voltage range of "1.85V ± 0.05V". 2) Adjust with the keys on the remote control unit, so that the image on the screen becomes a little greenish white (T=8500k, dev.=0.005uv).
2) White Signal (14 IRE: Gray)
8
Adjusting Method
REFERENCE 1 in Factory mode COLOR..........."3" Key TINT .…..........."4" Key
HIGH LIGHT adjustment 3) Set P. ACL. SW OFF. Observe TP terminals R: K2423, G: K2424, B: K2425 of VIDEO ASSY. Adjust with the keys on the remote control unit, so that the white level (100 IRE) is within the DC voltage range of "2.8V ± 0.05V". 4) Adjust with the keys on the remote control unit. so that the image on the screen becomes a little greenish white (T=8500k, dev.=0.005uv). Convergence adjustment 5) Repeat procedure 2) and 4) to converge the white balance. 6) After the adjustment, set ACL. SW ON. Color balance adjustment After adjusting the white balance, check the skin color of figures in LD still pictures. If the color is not natural, adjust it with the keys on the remote control unit.
(Reference) Adjustment values using the Minolta color-difference meter (CA-100) NTSC
20% Window-Step signal (–3dB) White Balance 80% Window-Step signal (–3dB)
Skin Color
9
MASK Level adjustment
Any input
Window -chroma signal
DRIVE ADJ mode in Factory mode R SIDE LEVEL ........."10" Key G SIDE LEVEL ........."11" Key B SIDE LEVEL ........."12" Key
PAL
HD
PC
x
291
293
291
291
y
307
301
307
307
Y
3.9
2.9
2.9
2.5
x
291
293
291
293
y
307
301
307
301
Y
87.2
72.5
87.2
64.3
x
466
440
428
––––
y
388
370
377
––––
Side mask Color/Level adjustment Set to the indicated value with the keys on the remote control unit. (refer to DRIVE ADJ Mode)
Full mask Color/Level adjustment DRIVE ADJ mode in Factory mode Set to the indicated value with the keys on the remote control unit. R FULL LEVEL (refer to DRIVE ADJ Mode) ........"BS5" Key G FULL LEVEL ........"BS7" Key B FULL LEVEL ........"BS9" Key
57
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Procedure
Adjusting Item
Input signal
Adjusting Point
Any input
10
Base Pulse number Adjustment (502MX only)
SUB VIDEO mode in Factory mode PULSE NUMBER ........."8" Key
11
ABL Level Value Adjustment (502MX only)
Set to the indicated value with the keys on the remote control unit. (refer to SUB VIDEO mode)
Note) If unnecessarily adjusted, power consumption is changed and the panel is damaged. Adjust only in case of necessity.
Any input
SUB VIDEO mode Set to the indicated value with the keys on the remote control unit. in Factory mode (refer to SUB VIDEO mode) ABL LEVEL ...."9" Key
Note) If unnecessarily adjusted, power consumption is changed and the panel is damaged. Adjust only in case of necessity.
Any input
12
Adjusting Method
ABL Level Offset adjustment
REFERENCE 1 in Factory mode ABL LEV OFFSET ........."BS9" Key
Adjust to the ABL value mentioned on the "Drive voltage label" at the chassis of the glass panel.
Note) If unnecessarily adjusted, power consumption is changed and the panel is damaged. Adjust only in case of necessity.
13
Any input
Pulse Number Offset adjustment
REFERENCE 1 in Factory mode PLS NUM OFFSET ........."BS11" Key
Set to the indicated value with the keys on the remote control unit. (refer to REFERENCE 1 mode)
Note) If unnecessarily adjusted, power consumption is changed and the panel is damaged. Adjust only in case of necessity.
TOP
TP703 (SUS GND) VR700 (VOFS)
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
TOP
TP705 (VOFS)
Y DRIVE ASSY
TP854 (PSUS)
VR851 TP851 (IC5V) (IC5V)
VR552 (+5V) TP554 (DGND)
VR750 ( VH )
TP753 (PSUS) TP751 (VH)
TP553 (+5V)
Adjusting points and Measuring points 58
TP601 (+3.3V)
VR602 (+3.3V)
TP602 (DGND)
TP111 (STB +5V)
TP113 (STB GND)
TP356 (AGND)
TP355 (+14V)
TP405 (V2)
TP404 (V1)
TP201 (VSUS)
TP202 (SUS GND)
TP302 (ADR GND)
TP301 (VADR)
VR356 (+14V)
VR401 (VSUS UVP)
VR201 (VSUS)
MAIN POWER ASSY
VR301 (VADR)
TOP TP131 (+B)
VR111 (STB+5V)
TP132 (P. GND)
VR131 (+B)
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Adjusting points and Measuring points
59
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
7. GENERAL INFORMATION 7.1 DIAGNOSIS
D441 D443 D439
7.1.1 DIAGNOSIS METHOD
D407
D437
This PDP has several protection circuits, and the operation of the circuits activate power down circuit and set the unit automatically to standby mode in order to protect the circuit. Power shut down operation of the unit can roughly be diagnosed by LED indicators at Main Power Assy. Lighting of LEDs can be confirmed through five holes on Rear Panel.
Diagnosis of malfunctions when power down occurs (in lighting LEDs at Main Power Assy) Lighting LED
The state of circuit
D407 High between base & emitter of Q415
High between base & emitter of Q417
High between base & emitter of Q419
D408 Anode is High / High between base & emitter of Q426
D408 Anode is High / High between base & emitter of Q416
60
P.D. circuit in operation
Diagnosis
Failure points
Estimated failure parts
VSUS OVP
When RCC Control (A) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
RCC Control (A) Assy
IC203 • Q208 • R232 • D224 • 226
When OTL Control(A) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
OTL Control (A) Assy
IC204 • Q209 • 210 • R260
Even when RCC Control(A) Assy and OTL Control(A) Assy are replaced, P.D occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy
IC201 • 202
When RCC Control (B) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
RCC Control (B) Assy
IC303 • Q305 • R316 • 314
When OTL Control (B) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
OTL Control (B) Assy
IC304 • Q306 • 307 • R346
Even when RCC Control(B) Assy and OTL Control (B) Assy are replaced, P.D occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy
IC301 • 302
When RCC Control (C) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
RCC Control (C) Assy
IC353 • Q353 • R364 • D362 • 364
When OTL Control(C) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
OTL Control (C) Assy
IC354 • Q356 • 357 • R396
Even when RCC Control (C) Assy and OTL Control (C) Assy are replaced, P.D occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy
IC351 • 352
When CN205 is disconnected, P.D. occurs, and when RCC Control (A) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
RCC Control (A) Assy
IC203 • Q208 • R232 • 254 • C221
When CN205 is disconnected, P.D. occurs, and when OTL Control (A) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
OTL Control (A) Assy
IC204 • Q209 • 210 • R260
When CN205 is disconnected, P.D. occurs, and even when RCC Control (A) Assy and OTL Control (A) Assy are replaced, P.D occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy
IC201 • 202 • D212 • 214
When CN3401 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
X DRIVE Assy
Pulse module IC3402 • 3405
When CN3601 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
Y DRIVE Assy
Pulse module IC3604 • 3609 • 3610
When CN205 is disconnected, P.D. occurs, and when RCC Control (B) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
RCC Control (B) Assy
IC303 • Q305 • R316 • 338 • D320 • C317
When CN205 is disconnected, P.D. occurs, and when OTL Control (B) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
OTL Control (B) Assy
IC304 • Q306 • 307 • R346
VADR OVP
14V OVP
VSUS UVP
VADR UVP
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Lighting LED
The state of circuit
D407 D408 Anode is High/ High between base & emitter of Q416
D408 Anode is High/ High between base & emitter of Q418
D407 • D443
P.D. circuit in operation VADR UVP
14V UVP
D408 Anode is High/ High between base & emitter of Q421
12V UVP
D408 Anode is High/ High between base & emitter of Q420
8V UVP
D408 Anode is High/ High between base & emitter of Q435
–8V UVP
Diagnosis
Failure points
When CN205 is disconnected, P.D. occurs, and even when RCC Control (B) Assy and OTL Control (B) Assy are replaced, P.D occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy
When CN205 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
CABLE Assy
When CN306 & 354 are disconnected, P.D. occurs.
IC301 • 302 • Q302
RCC Control (C) Assy • OTL Control (C) Assy • IC351 • 352
When CN306 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
ANALOG VIDEO Assy
When CN354 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
Y DRIVE Assy IC5V D/D CONV. BLOCK
IC852
When CN355 is disconnected, P.D. occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy 12V D/D CONV. BLOCK
When CN356 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy D/D CONV. BLOCK
RCC Control (C) Assy • OTL Control (C) Assy • IC351 • 352 IC551 • 601 • Q554 • 555 • 604 • 605
When CN306 is disconnected, P.D. occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy 8V D/D CONV. BLOCK
When CN306 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
ANALOG VIDEO Assy
When CN306 is disconnected, P.D. occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy –8V D/D CONV. BLOCK
When CN306 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
ANALOG VIDEO Assy
RCC Control (C) Assy • OTL Control (C) Assy • IC351 • 352
RCC Control (C) Assy • OTL Control (C) Assy • IC351 • 352 • D373
D405 Anode is High
B OVP
High between base & emitter of Q111
AC200V P.D.
D852 Anode is High.
VF OVP
Y DRIVE Assy
TP555 Hi
5V OVP 5V UVP
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy 5V D/D CONV.BLOCK
IC551
TP556 Hi
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy 3.3V D/D CONV. BLOCK
IC601
TP604 Hi
3.3V OVP
TP603 Hi
3.3V UVP
TP555 Lo
ICP OPEN
TP556 Lo TP603 Lo
AC power input is appropriate.
When the power supply is turned on, a part of the screen shines in white momentarily and P.D. occurs.
D4501 Anode is High. D407 D3457 Anode is High. • D441
IC131
MAIN POWER Assy STB BLOCK
IC111 • 112 • 113 • T111
IC1008 • Q1001–Q1006
Address Module
UPD16340 (IC??????)
AUDIO Assy
12V OCP
X DRIVE Assy Pulse Module X DRIVE Assy RESET DRIVE BLOCK
VOFS OVP
K705Hi
VOFS UVP
Drive section (drive control signals & drive signal output elements) in normal operation. VOFS D/D Conv. Block in normal operation
VH OVP
IC852 • 853 • 854
CABLE Assy RESONATOR BLOCK
AUDIO P.D.
K706Hi
K754Hi
MAIN POWER Assy PFC BLOCK
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy DIGITAL BLOCK
TP604 Lo
D407 • D439
MAIN POWER Assy 14V D/D CONV. BLOCK
Estimated failure parts
IC2201 IC4502 • C4520 • 4522 Pulse module IC3402 • 3405 Q3401 • 3402 • 3403
Y DRIVE Assy VOFS D/D CONV. BLOCK
IC702 • 704
Y DRIVE Assy VOFS D/D CONV. BLOCK
IC701 • 702 • 704
Y DRIVE Assy SUS_MSK BLOCK Y DRIVE Assy VH D/D CONV. BLOCK
R3717 • 3730 IC751 • 752
61
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Lighting LED
The state of circuit
P.D. circuit in operation
D407 • D439
K751Hi
VH UVP
Diagnosis
Failure points
Drive section (drive control signals & drive signal output elements) in normal operation.
Y DRIVE Assy VH D/D CONV. BLOCK
VH D/D Conv.Block in normal operation
Estimated failure parts IC751 • 752 • 755
SCAN IC
SCAN MODULE
Scan Module in normal operation.
Y DRIVE Assy IC5V D/D CONV. BLOCK
IC851 • 852 • 853
K804Hi
VRN OVP
Drive section (drive control signals & drive signal output elements) in normal operation.
Y DRIVE Assy VRN D/D CONV. BLOCK
IC801 • 803
K801Hi
VRN UVP
VRN D/D Conv. Block in normal operation.
Y DRIVE Assy VRN D/D CONV. BLOCK
IC801 • 802 • 803 R3717 • 3730
YDRIVE Assy SUS_MSK BLOCK
D407 • D437
K854Hi
IC5V OVP
K3607Hi
12V OCP
IC851 • 853
Y DRIVE Assy IC5V D/D CONV. BLOCK Output voltage of IC3606, 3607, 3608 are normal
Pulse module IC3604 • 3605 • 3609 • 3610
Output voltage of IC3606, 3607, 3608 are abnormal.
IC3611 • 3612 • 3613 • 3615 • 3601 • 3602 • 3603 • 3614
K3704Hi
RESET OCP
Y DRIVE Assy RESET BLOCK
D3751 Anode is High.
DRIVE STOP P.D.
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
Q3708 IC2201 (IC23)
OVP: Over Voltage Protection, OCP: Over Current Protection, UVP: Under Voltage Protection
Diagnosis of malfunctions by power coming up sequence Vsus discharge
Vsus 170V Vadr 59V Vcc +14V/+8V/+12V/VF
Vadr STBY +5V/+12V STBY LED ON (RED)
STBY mode
Approx. 1.3 sec
Approx. 0.4 sec
D205 (RED) D355 (RED) ON D305 (RED) ON
Power off
Main Power Power on on
0.02 sec or more
STBY mode
D205 (YEL) ON Approx. 1.4 sec (AC100V) Approx. 0.04 sec (AC220V)
Power off
Power off
Main Power off
The power coming up sequence of power supply
Simple diagnosis using LEDs at Main Power Assy The state of LEDs at Main Power Assy After D205 lights up in red, D407 lights up. (D205 lights up in yellow in normal operation.)
62
Estimated P.D. circuit in operation VSUS UVP
After D305 is put out the light, D407 lights up. (D305 lights up in red in normal operation.)
VADR UVP
After D355 is put out the light, D407 lights up. (D355 lights up in red in normal operation.)
14V • 12V • ±8V UVP, B OVP, VF OVP
D407 lights up at the stand-by mode.
AC200V P.D.
After D205, D305 and D355 lights up normally, D407 lights up.
VSUS OVP
After D305 and D355 lights up normally, D407 lights up.
VADR OVP
After D355 lights up normally, D407 lights up.
14V OVP
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Diagnosis when under voltage is detected at V SUS / V ADR voltage lines. Disconnect connector CN205 P5 at Main Power Assy and turn on the power. If the power is turned on and D205 at Main Power Assy lights up in yellow, cause of the under voltage is not inside Main Power Assy. If P.D. occurs, V SUS / V ADR DC-DC Converter block at Main Power Assy may be defective.
Diagnosis when under voltage is detected at 14V, 12V, +-8V voltage lines Be sure to turn off High Power CUT SW, S301 at Power Supply Assy. (important) Disconnect CN306 P6,CN355 P4, CN354 P3, CN353 P2 at Main Power Assy one by one, and turn on the power of the unit. (Do not disconnect all four connectors at the same time and turn on the power. Because this leads to no load of power supply and that is very dangerous.) When the power is turned on with a connector disconnected, and if Low power supply DC-DC Converter operates normally with lighting D355 and D205 in red, cause of under voltage is not inside Main Power Assy. If P.D. still occurs after disconnecting each connector, 14V DC-DC Converter block at Main Power Assy may be defective.
The function of High Power CUT SW, S301 at Main Power Assy When S301 is turned off, V SUS / V ADR DC-DC Converter does not operate. However, 14V DC-DC Converter operates normally. Therefore, diagnosis from Signal Input circuit to before Drive circuit is possible without danger of breaking Drive section by mistake.
AC100V/AC200V Change-over SW, S111 at Main Power Assy Only PDP-502MXE is set to AC200V. When the SW is set to AC100V, AC200V P.D. detecting circuit will operate. (Even when the unit is in Stand-by mode, the detecting circuit is in operation.)
Diagnoses of the malfunctions by LEDs at Digital Video Assy, D2302/D2306 LED Title (Color of Light)
The timing of lighting
Estimated failure parts
D2302
STOP (GREEN)
Lights on in normal operation It lights up at every V rate, when Drive pulse output from IC2201 is normal.
Around IC2101/IC2151/IC2801 /X3202 (Xtal)
D2302
PBusy (RED)
Light is put off in normal operation. It lights up when System Control CPU (IC3604) and Panel CPU are communicating.
Around Connector and Panel CPU and X3202/X3201 (Xtal)
D2306
IP Busy (RED)
It lights up at every V rate during IP processing.(Video input) Light is put off when IP processing is not done. (PC input)
Around IC1801/IC1901/IC2001
Diagnosis of malfunctions other than the operation of protection circuits The state of the unit
Estimated failure mode
STBY indicator does not light at all
AC power input is not appropriate. Stand-by power supply block is defective. U-com Assy is defective. Connectors disconnected.
Power does not go on Power shuts down immediately after power on. (back to Stand-by)
U-com Assy is defective.
Dots like luminance spots appear on the screen.
Drive section voltage is abnormal. (VSUS, VADR, VOFS, VH, VRN) X Drive Assy and Y Drive Assy are defective. Scan Module is defective.
Screen does not emit lights at all. Fuse is blown.
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is defective. Q131–Q136, D131, IC131 Defective R133, R134, R168 Defective Q201, Q202, RCC Control (A) Assy, OTL Control (A) Assy Defective Q301, Q302, RCC Control (B) Assy, OTL Control (B) Assy Defective Q351, Q354, RCC Control (C) Assy, OTL Control (C) Assy Defective
63
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Note for repairing in case of blown fuses Never turn on the power of the unit again just by replacing the fuse, when the fuse is blown. Because, it is rare case that the fuse itself is defective. If the power is turned on again without resolving the cause of over current, the unit is damaged more. Be sure to check parts such as In-Rush current protective resistors where excessive current may flow. Because, they may be damaged secondarily. Be sure to find out all defective parts caused by a blown fuse. Because, if the power is turned on with even one defective part left in the circuit, this may lead the other parts to become defective again.
TOP
Y DRIVE ASSY TOP
X DRIVE ASSY
TP707 VOFS UVP TP706 VOFS OVP
K3410 X-P. D
TP804 VRN UVP TP802 VRN OVP TP754 VH UVP TP752 VH OVP
64
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
TOP
MAIN POWER ASSY CN205 P5
D205
CN353 P2 Q415
D305 CN354 P3
Q426
Q417
Q418
CN306 P6
Q416
Q420
Q419 Q421
CN355 P4
S111
D355
S301 Q435 D408
D405 D448
Q111
D407
D443
D441
D439
Fuse (FU101)
D437
TOP
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY D2306 D2302
TP555 5V OVP
TP604 3.3V OVP
TP556 5V UVP
TP603 3.3V UVP
65
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE Protection Circuits MAIN POWER ASSY +B OVP
A
VF OVP
AC200V P.D.
+8V UVP
–8V UVP
+12V UVP
X DRIVE ASSY
+14V UVP
+14V OVP
+12V OCP R3438
R3437 R3439 5.6k
10k
B
R3440
5.6k
C3424
10k
R3442
10k C3425
Q3405
D3408 47/16
R3444 2.2k R3443
Q3406
VADR UVP
VADR OVP
VSUS UVP
VSUS OVP
UCOM ASSY
C
AUDIO AMP ASSY
+3.3V UVP
+3.3V OVP
+5V OVP
+5V UVP
AUDIO P.D.
D
66 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Y DRIVE ASSY Y DC/DC BLOCK
Y DRIVE BLOCK
IC5V OVP
12V OCP
A
VOFS OVP
VOFS UVP
VH OVP
B
VH UVP
VRN OVP
C
VRN UVP
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
CABLE ASSY
D
67 5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Service Position 1. MAIN POWER ASSY
3
Remove the harness from Wire Saddle
1 Remove two screws
1 Remove two screws MAIN POWER ASSY
VIDEO ASSY
2
Loosen two screws
4
MAIN POWER ASSY
MAIN POWER ASSY
5
68
Stand Main Power Assy
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
2. VIDEO ASSY
Note) Shield Case of Video Assy should not touch the heat sink at the primary side of Main Power Assy in standing Video Assy. (Noise may be generated and that may break the Main Power Assy)
4 Release Video Assy from PCB Hinge
1 Remove a screw
1 Remove a screw
3 3
Remove the harness from Wire Saddle
Remove the harness from Wire Saddle
VIDEO ASSY
2
Remove all screws and nuts from Terminal Panel
VIDEO ASSY
5 After pulling VIDEO Assy backward to release it from Terminal Panel, insert it to the PCB Hinge again.
69
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
∗Screw Collar
7.1.2 DISASSEMBLY
(AEC1848)
1. Removing Front Case (Figure 1) 1) Secure the unit on the stand in the upright position. 2) Remove 14 screws A: BBZ40P160FZK at the outermost circumference of Rear Case. There is one screw with a screw collar. Pay attention to the direction of the collar. (Refer to Figure 1) 3) Remove 4 screws B : BBZ40P160FZK. 4) In this condition, only Front Case can be detached from the unit by pulling out Front Case in the forward direction. Note) Be careful of Remote Receiver Holder and SW Holder in detaching Front Case, because they are not fixed to Front Case.
The screw collar has a direction to fit in. Although mark is not indicated for this screw, it must be removed
A A B
A
Front Case
A
A
A B A
A
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
A
B
2. Removing Rear Case (Figure 2) Place the unit with Front Panel down on a flat cushion. Remove a screw rivet (AEC1852). Remove 14 screws A. (Refer to Removing Front Case) Remove 17 screws C: AMZ30P100FZK. Remove 2 stand-bolts D: ABA1277. In this condition, Rear Case can be detached.
A A
B A
C
Figure 1 Removing Front Case
C C Screw Rivet
C ×5 C
C
C
C
C D
C Rear Case Frame
C
C C
D
Figure 2 Removing Rear Case
70
Rear Case
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
3.Removing and installing Front Protection Panel Note) Attach Panel Cushion V along the base of bending line of Panel Holder V, and attach Panel Cushion H along the edge of Panel Holder Assy like shown in Figure 3. Panel Holder V / Panel Shield V and Panel Holder Assy / Panel Shield H are inlaid fixed structures. Be careful not to lose Remote Receiver lens, because it is not fixed to any where after removing Panel Holder Assy.
1) Remove all 30 screws E: BPZ30P080FZK that fixes Panel Holder V and Panel Holder Assy to Front Case. 2) Remove Front Protection Panel and replace it. 3) Install Front Protection Panel by attaching to the bottom left side first, and then attach a Corner Cushion to each corner (only bottom left side, attach a Corner Gasket). Note) When new Front Protection Panel is installed, Front Cushion H and Front Cushion V attached to Front Case are not needed to be replaced. 4) Assemble Front Case in the opposite order of disassembling it. Mount Panel Holder Assy first, then mount Panel Holder V.
Panel Cushion H
Panel Cushion V
Place it along the edge Panel Holder Assy
Place it along the base of bending line Panel Holder V
How to attach Panel Cushions
Panel Cushion V
Panel Cushion H
E ×5 Panel Holder V
Corner Cushion
In this two corners, do not put the Panel cushion on the other one.
Corner Cushion
E ×10 Panel Holder Assy
Panel Cushion H Front Protection Panel
Corner Cushion
Panel Cushion V Corner Cushion
Panel Holder Assy
E ×5
E ×10
Panel Holder V
Front Case
71
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
7.1.3 WIRING When forming the wire cables, be careful not to exert excessive pressure on the cables as this will result in the disconnection of the connectors.
Press-down type lower contact connector 1. Locking Lock applying force in the arrow direction so that the connector is pressed down inwards.
2. Unlocking
Matters that require attention of upper contact connector (Use with VIDEO ASSY A33 and DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY D20 ) Lock cancel release step 1 Throw on lever of right and left each side with claw, and please draw in right and left real time slowly to orientation of arrow. Then lever is damaged that by one side seems to go down.
Push up with your nail, or something soft. Do not use thin tools such as the tip of screwdrivers, because they will damage the electrode. Lever
Lever Flexible Flat Cable
Draw with both hand slowly simultaneously
1.5 – 2mm
2 Clearance of connector main frame and lever is 1.5mm - around 2mm, and lock is removed. (be damaged when it goes down more than this.) Draw out Flexible Flat Cable lightly to arrow orientation, and please pull up. 1.5 – 2mm
Insert the flexible cables straight until the end. Insert the flexible cable reinforcing plates in parallel to the connectors. Moreover, insert the horizontal-connecting connectors horizontally. In connecting Address Modules and Cable Assy, and in connecting Scan Modules and Y Drive Assy with the flexible cables, hook both edges of the flexible cables on the connectors and fix them, then close the covers. Insert the flexible cables in parallel to the connector, otherwise the connectors may be damaged.
1 Hook it on the connector.
3
Address Module side Hook it on the connector.
2 Pull it slightly
Note) When closing the connector cover, press both edges of the cover by fingers to lock it. Pressing the center of the cover may damage it.
72
Flexible Flat Cable
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE Earth
AC Inlet
Power SW (S1) Ferrite Core To Ferrite Core To Ferrite Core
To J112
POWER SW (S1)
AC Inlet
Brown
Blue
MAIN POWER ASSY
VIDEO ASSY
J124 is turned besides hinji
J128 wiring jig use
J125 is drawn out as shown in figure
J114 passes this space
73
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
Y DRIVE ASSY Wire Assy is inserted in a wire saddle, and it is controlled, and it is touched in bottom if possible
D20
X DRIVE ASSY
U-COM ASSY
74
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Flexible cable of CABLE Assy (5) does styling under flexible cable of CABLE Assy (4)
K2
D14
D6
K2
D19
E16
U-COM Assy E15 E10
LOWER
E 38
H3
D12 E 7 E17 E18
E6
Y DRIVE Assy
D4 D18
F7 F6
X DRIVE Assy
H5
E5 E2
D11
E26 E27 E28
CABLE Assy (7)
E3 E19
D16
D10
CABLE Assy (6)
E1 E8 E 22 E12
K2
D22
H4
D8
K2
B3
H1
D9
B2
H2
D7
D17 D20
E 35 E21 E24 E23
AUDIO AMP Assy
H6
D5
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
F5
K2
D3
D1
D13
CABLE Assy (5)
H7
E 33
K2
K2
CABLE Assy (8)
SCAN (A) Assy
K2
K2
CABLE Assy (4)
CABLE Assy (3)
CABLE Assy (9)
K2
SCAN (B) Assy
CABLE Assy (2)
CABLE Assy (1)
UPPER
Flexible Cable let the ferrite core going through
Flexible cable of CABLE Assy (1) does styling under flexible cable of CABLE Assy (2)
CABLE Assy (10)
U1
Flexible cable of CABLE Assy (9) is clamped, and flexible cable of CABLE Assy (10) does styling in the addition Flexible Cable let the ferrite core going through
75
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
8. PANEL FACILITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS PANEL FACILITIES Main unit
Operation panel on the main unit
(for PDP-502MX and PDP-502MXE) STANDBY/ON
Main unit
3 4
INPUT
MENU
5 6
ADJUST
7 SET
SIZE
DISPLAY
8 9 0
Main unit 1 Display stand
1
2 Remote control sensor Point the remote control toward the remote sensor to operate the unit
Operation panel on the main unit
3
STANDBY/ON indicator This indicator is red during standby mode, and turns to green when the unit is in the operation mode.
4 STANDBY/ON button Press to put the display in operation or standby mode.
5 INPUT button Press to select input.
6 MENU button Press to open and close the on-screen menu.
76
2
Note When optional speakers have been connected, the operation panel on the main unit will not be operable.
7 ADJUST (5/∞/3/2) buttons Use to navigate menu screens and to adjust various settings on the unit. Usage of cursor buttons within operations is clearly indicated in the on-screen display.
8 SET button Press to adjust or enter various settings on the unit.
9 SIZE button Press to manually select the screen size.
0 DISPLAY button Press to view the unit’s current input and setup mode.
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Remote Control Unit (for PDP-502MX and PDP-502MXE)
6 1
STANDBY SCREEN /ON
INPUT
VIDEO
2
MUTING
7
SIZE
1
Y/C
8
2
RGB
RGB
(BNC)
(D-sub)
3
4
3
VOL
DISPLAY
9
MENU
4 SET
5 Î
1
STANDBY/ON button Press to put the unit in operation or standby mode.
2 INPUT buttons Use to select the input.
3 MENU button Press to open and close the on-screen menu.
4 ADJUST (5/∞/3/2) buttons Use to navigate menu screens and to adjust various settings on the unit. Usage of cursor buttons within operations is clearly indicated at the bottom the on-screen menu display.
5 SET button Press to adjust or enter various settings on the unit.
6 SCREEN SIZE button Press to manually select the screen size.
7 MUTING button Press to mute the volume.
8 VOL (+/–) buttons Use to adjust the volume.
9 DISPLAY button Press to view the unit’s current input and setup mode.
77
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Control Panel (for PDP-502MX) On this unit there are 4 input system terminals and 2 output system terminals. There are also CONTROL terminals for connection of PIONEER components with the Î mark.
1
–
2
3
4
5
7
8
(INPUT 3/4)
(INPUT 1/2)
+
R SPEAKER
8 Ω – 16 Ω
AUDIO OUTPUT
IN IN OUT OUT COMBINATION CONTROL
RS-232C
1 SPEAKER (R) terminal For connection of an external right speaker. Connect a speaker whose impedance is 8 -16 Ω.
2 AUDIO OUTPUT (Stereo mini jack) Use to output the audio of the selected source component connected to this unit to an AV amplifier or similar component.
3 COMBINATION IN/OUT DO NOT MAKE ANY CONNECTIONS TO THESE TERMINALS. These terminals are used in the factory setup.
4 CONTROL IN/OUT For connection of PIONEER components that bear the Î mark. Making CONTROL connection enables control of this unit as a component in a system.
5 RS-232C DO NOT MAKE ANY CONNECTIONS TO THIS TERMINAL. This terminal is used in the factory setup.
6 AUDIO INPUT (Stereo mini jack) Use to obtain sound when INPUT3 or INPUT4 is selected. Connect the audio output jack of components connected to INPUT3 or INPUT4 to this unit.
78
6
R
–
L
AUDIO INPUT
ANALOG R G B INPUT4
OUTPUT
(ANALOG R G B (
7 AUDIO INPUT (Pin jack) Use to obtain sound when INPUT1 or INPUT2 is selected. Connect the audio output jack of components connected to INPUT1 or INPUT2 to this unit. NOTE: The left audio channel (L) jack is not compatible with monaural input sources.
8 INPUT4 For connection of a personal computer (PC) or similar component. Make sure that the connection made corresponds to the format of the signal output from the connected component. Use the INPUT4 OUTPUT terminal to output the video signal to an external monitor or other component. Note: The video signal will not be output from the INPUT4 OUTPUT terminal when the main power of this unit is off or in standby mode.
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
9
0
-
=
~
!
@
– Y CB/PB CR/PR HD VD G B R [ON SYNC] INPUT3 [H/V SYNC]
75Ωj2.2kΩ
S-VIDEO
Y INPUT2
C
VIDEO OUTPUT INPUT1(INPUT1)
9 INPUT3 For connection of components that have RGB or component output jacks such as a personal computer, DVD player, or external RGB decoder.
0 Synchronizing signal impedance selector switch Depending on the connections made at INPUT3, it may be necessary to set this switch to match the output impedance of the connected component’s synchronization signal. When the output impedance of the component’s synchronization signal is above 75 Ω, set this switch to the 2.2 kΩ position.
- INPUT2 For connection of components that have an S-video output jack or Y/C separate video output jacks such as a video deck, video camera, laser disc player, or DVD player.
MAIN POWER OFF ON
AC INLET
+
SPEAKER
8 Ω – 16 Ω
L
= INPUT1 For connection of components that have a composite video output jack such as a video deck, video camera, laser disc player, or DVD player. Use the INPUT1 OUTPUT jack to output the video signal to an external monitor or other component. Note: The video signal will not be output from the INPUT1 OUTPUT jack when the main power of this unit is off or in standby mode.
~ MAIN POWER switch Use to switch the main power of the unit on and off.
! AC INLET Use to connect the supplied power cord to an AC outlet.
@ SPEAKER (L) terminal For connection of an external left speaker. Connect a speaker that has an impedance of 8 -16 Ω.
Note: Do not use both the S-VIDEO jack and the BNC jacks in parallel. Doing so may cause this unit to malfunction or become damaged.
79
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Control Panel (for PDP-502MXE)
1
–
2
3
4
5
7
8
+
R SPEAKER
8 Ω – 16 Ω
AUDIO OUTPUT
IN IN OUT OUT COMBINATION CONTROL
RS-232C
1 SPEAKER (R) terminal For connection of an external right speaker. Connect a speaker whose impedance is 8 -16 Ω.
2 AUDIO OUTPUT (Stereo mini jack) Use to output the audio of the selected source component connected to this unit to an AV amplifier or similar component.
3 COMBINATION IN/OUT DO NOT MAKE ANY CONNECTIONS TO THESE TERMINALS. These terminals are used in the factory setup.
4 CONTROL IN/OUT For connection of PIONEER components that bear the Î mark. Making CONTROL connection enables control of this unit as a component in a system.
5 RS-232C DO NOT MAKE ANY CONNECTIONS TO THIS TERMINAL. This terminal is used in the factory setup.
6 AUDIO INPUT (Stereo mini jack) Use to obtain sound when INPUT4 is selected. Connect the audio output jack of components connected to INPUT4 to this jack.
80
6
R (INPUT 4)
–
L
(INPUT 3)
AUDIO INPUT
ANALOG R G B INPUT4
OUTPUT
(ANALOG R G B (
7 AUDIO INPUT (Pin jack) Use to obtain sound when INPUT3 is selected. Connect the audio output jack of components connected to INPUT3 to these jacks. NOTE: The left audio channel (L) jack is not compatible with monaural input sources.
8 INPUT4 For connection of a personal computer (PC). Make sure that the connection made corresponds to the format of the signal output from the connected component. Use the INPUT4 OUTPUT terminal to output the RGB signal to an external monitor or other component. Note: The RGB signal will not be output from the INPUT4 OUTPUT terminal when the main power of this unit is off or in standby mode.
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
9
0
-
=
~
– 75Ωj2.2kΩ
G [ON SYNC]
HD VD B R INPUT3 [H/V SYNC]
MAIN POWER OFF ON
AC INLET
+
SPEAKER
8 Ω – 16 Ω
L
9 INPUT3 For connection of a personal computer.
0 Synchronizing signal impedance selector switch Depending on the connections made at INPUT3, it may be necessary to set this switch to match the output impedance of the personal computer’s synchronization signal. When the output impedance of the personal computer’s synchronization signal is above 75 Ω, set this switch to the 2.2 kΩ position.
- MAIN POWER switch Use to switch the main power of the unit on and off.
= AC INLET Use to connect a power cord to an AC outlet.
~ SPEAKER (L) terminal For connection of an external left speaker. Connect a speaker that has an impedance of 8 -16 Ω.
81
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
SPECIFICATIONS For PDP-502MX
INPUT 4 Input
General Light emission panel ............ 50 inch plasma display panel Number of pixels .............................................. 1280 x 768 Power supply ............................. AC 100 - 120 V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption ................................................ 470 W Standby power consumption ................................... 0.6 W External dimensions ........ 1218 (W) x 714 (H) x 98 (D) mm ............................. 47-31/32 (W) x 28-1/8 (H) x 3-7/8 (D) in. (when using table top stand) ...................................... 1218 (W) x 737 (H) x 300 (D) mm ..................... 47-31/32 (W) x 29-1/32 (H) x 11-13/16 (D) in. Weight ............................................. 40.3 kg (88 lbs. 14 oz) (including table top stand) ................... 41 kg (90 lbs. 7 oz) Operating temperature range ..... 0 to 40 °C (32 to 104 °F) Operating atmospheric pressure range ........................................ 0.8 to 1.1 atmospheric pressure
Input/output Video INPUT 1 Input
BNC jack • Composite video signal 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync.
Output BNC jack 75 Ω /with buffer INPUT 2 Input
INPUT 3 Input
1 S terminal (Mini DIN 4 pin) 2 BNC jack (x2) • Y/C saparate video signal (S2 compatible) Y . . . 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync. C . . . 0.286 Vp-p/75 Ω (NTSC) 0.3 Vp-p/75 Ω (PAL) BNC jack (x5) 1 RGB signal (G ON SYNC compatible) RGB ... 0.7 Vp-p/75 Ω/no sync. HD/CS, VD ... TTL level /positive and negative polarity/ 75 Ω or 2.2 kΩ (impedance switch) G ON SYNC ... 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync. 2 Component video signal Y ... 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync. CB/PB, CR/PR ... 0.525 Vp-p/75 Ω (75% satulation level)
Mini D-sub 15 pin (socket connector) 1 RGB signal (G ON SYNC compatible) RGB ... 0.7 Vp-p/75 Ω/no sync. HD/CS, VD ... TTL level /positive and negative polarity /2.2 kΩ G ON SYNC ... 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync. *Compatible with Microsoft’s Plug & Play (VESA DDC1/2B) 2 Component video signal Y ... 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync. CB/PB, CR/PR ... 0.525 Vp-p/75 Ω (75% satulation level)
Output Mini D-sub 15 pin connector (socket) 75 Ω/with buffer Audio Input
AUDIO INPUT (for INPUT 1/2) Pin jack (x2) L/R ... 500mVrms/more than 10 kΩ AUDIO INPUT (for INPUT 3/4) Stereo mini jack L/R ... 500mVrms/more than 10 kΩ
Output AUDIO OUTPUT Stereo mini jack L/R ... 500mVrms (max)/less than 5 kΩ SPEAKER L/R ... 8 – 16 Ω/2W +2W (at 8 Ω) Control RS-232C ... D-sub 9 pin (pin connector) COMBINATION IN/OUT ... Mini DIN 6 pin (x2) CONTROL IN/OUT ... monaural mini jack (x2)
Accessories Power cord ....................................................................... 1 Pin/BNC conversion adaptor ............................................ 1 Remote control unit ......................................................... 1 Remote control unit case ................................................. 1 AA (R6/UM-3) batteries .................................................... 2 Cleaning cloth ................................................................... 1 Speed clamp .................................................................... 2 Bead band ........................................................................ 2 Warranty ........................................................................... 1 Operations Instructions .................................................... 1 Display stand .................................................................... 2 Washer (large) .................................................................. 2 Washer (small) ................................................................. 2 Hex hole bolt (M8X40) ..................................................... 2 ÷ Due to improvements, specifications and design are subject to change without notice.
82
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
For PDP-502MXE General
Accessories
Light emission panel ............ 50 inch plasma display panel Number of pixels .............................................. 1280 x 768 Power supply ............................ AC 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Rated current .................................................... 5.4 – 2.2 A Standby power consumption ................................... 0.6 W External dimensions ........ 1218 (W) x 714 (H) x 98 (D) mm (when using display stand) ...................................... 1218 (W) x 737 (H) x 300 (D) mm Weight .................................................................... 40.3 kg (including display stand) ........................................ 41.0 kg Operating temperature range ............................ 0 to 40 °C Operating atmospheric pressure range ........................................ 0.8 to 1.1 atmospheric pressure
Remote control unit ......................................................... 1 Remote control unit case ................................................. 1 AA (R6/UM-3) batteries .................................................... 2 Cleaning cloth ................................................................... 1 Speed clamp .................................................................... 2 Bead band ........................................................................ 2 Operating Instructions...................................................... 1 Display stand .................................................................... 2 Washer (large) .................................................................. 2 Washer (small) ................................................................. 2 Hex hole bolt (M8X40) ..................................................... 2
Input/output Video INPUT 3 Input
INPUT 4 Input
÷ Due to improvements, specifications and design are subject to change without notice.
Accessories ST AN /ON DB
Y
VID
SC SIZ RE E
EO
RG
BNC jack (x5) RGB signal (G ON SYNC compatible) RGB ... 0.7 Vp-p/75 Ω/no sync. HD/CS, VD ... TTL level /positive and negative polarity/ 75 Ω or 2.2 kΩ (impedance switch) G ON SYNC ... 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync.
B1
EN MU
Y/C RG
B2
TE
VO
L
MEN
U DISP
SE
T
CU
-V
15
4
Î
Remote Control Unit (CU-V159) (AXD1446)
Hex Hole Bolt ×2 (SMZ80H400FZB)
AA (R6/UM-3) Batteries ×2
Mini D-sub 15 pin (socket connector) RGB signal (G ON SYNC compatible) RGB ... 0.7 Vp-p/75 Ω/no sync. HD/CS, VD ... TTL level /positive and negative polarity /2.2 kΩ G ON SYNC ... 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync. *Compatible with Microsoft’s Plug & Play (VESA DDC1/2B)
Cleaning Cloth (AED1174)
Remote Control Unit Case (AMR3231)
Washer (large) ×2 (WAX1F200K320)
Washer (small) ×2 (WB80FZB)
Output Mini D-sub 15 pin (socket connector) 75 Ω/with buffer Audio Input
AUDIO INPUT (for INPUT3) Pin jack (x2) L/R ... 500mVrms/more than 10 kΩ AUDIO INPUT (for INPUT4) Stereo mini jack L/R ... 500mVrms/more than 10 kΩ
Output AUDIO OUTPUT Stereo mini jack L/R ... 500mVrms (max)/less than 5 kΩ SPEAKER L/R ... 8 – 16 Ω/2W +2W (at 8 Ω) Control CONTROL IN/OUT ... monaural mini jack (x2)
Power Cord (ADG1178) Display Stand ×2 (AMR3225)
(L= 2 m)
Bead Band Pin/BNC Conversion Adaptor (AKX1052) Speed Clamp
PDP-502MX Only
Binder Assy (AEC1758)
83
ARP3075
PLASMA DISPLAY
PDP-502MX PDP-502MXE
THIS MANUAL IS APPLICABLE TO THE FOLLOWING MODEL(S) AND TYPE(S). Model
Type
PDP-502MX
LUCBW/1 YVLDK/1
Power Requirement
PDP-502MXE ––
Remarks
AC100 – 120V
––
AC100 – 240V
¶ This service manual should be used together with the following manual(s). Model No.
Order No.
PDP-502MX
ARP3078
Remarks SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM, PCB DIAGRAM, PCB PARTS LIST and IC INFORMATION
In PDP-502MX and PDP-502MXE, there are two different models (original model and value analysis model) respectively. Confirm the mark and serial No. of the product Rear side, and use each service manual. Refer to "Confirm it".
CONTENTS Confirm it ......................................................... 2 1. SAFETY INFORMATION .................................... 3 2. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST ............. 6 3. BLOCK DIAGRAM AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ....................................................... 18 (For SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM, refer to ARP3078) 4. PCB DIAGRAM ....................... Refer to ARP3078 5. PCB PARTS LIST ................... Refer to ARP3078 6. ADJUSTMENT .................................................. 46
7. GENERAL INFORMATION .............................. 60 7.1 DIAGNOSIS ................................................ 60 7.1.1 DIAGNOSIS METHOD ...................... 60 7.1.2 DISASSEMBLY ................................. 70 7.1.3 WIRING ............................................. 72 7.2 IC ............................. Refer to ARP3078 8. PANEL FACILITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS ....................................................... 76
PIONEER CORPORATION
4-1, Meguro 1-chome, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8654, Japan PIONEER ELECTRONICS SERVICE, INC. P.O. Box 1760, Long Beach, CA 90801-1760, U.S.A. PIONEER EUROPE NV Haven 1087, Keetberglaan 1, 9120 Melsele, Belgium PIONEER ELECTRONICS ASIACENTRE PTE. LTD. 253 Alexandra Road, #04-01, Singapore 159936
PIONEER CORPORATION 2000 T–ZZA AUG. 2000 Printed in Japan
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Confirm it PRODUCT REAR SIDE
Discrimination seal (SILVER)
Serial No. (
1∗∗∗∗∗
)
SERIAL NO. Serial No.
1∗∗∗∗∗ OTHER
Service Manual ARP3075 [This manual] ARP3078 ARP3037 ARP3044
2
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
1. SAFETY INFORMATION This service manual is intended for qualified service technicians; it is not meant for the casual do-it-yourselfer. Qualified technicians have the necessary test equipment and tools, and have been trained to properly and safely repair complex products such as those covered by this manual. Improperly performed repairs can adversely affect the safety and reliability of the product and may void the warranty. If you are not qualified to perform the repair of this product properly and safely, you should not risk trying to do so and refer the repair to a qualified service technician. WARNING This product contains lead in solder and certain electrical parts contain chemicals which are known to the state of California to cause cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm. Health & Safety Cod e Section 25249.6 – Proposition 65
NOTICE (FOR CANADIAN MODEL ONLY) Fuse symbols (fast operating fuse) and/or must be of identical designation.
(slow operating fuse) on PCB indicate that replacement parts
REMARQUE (POUR MODÈLE CANADIEN SEULEMENT) Les symboles de fusible (fusible de type rapide) et/ou pièces de remplacement doivent avoir la même désignation.
1.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS NOTICE : Comply with all cautions and safety related notes located on or inside the cabinet and on the chassis. The following precautions should be observed : 1. When service is required, even though the PDP UNIT an isolation transformer should be inserted between the power line and the set in safety before any service is performed. 2. When replacing a chassis in the set, all the protective devices must be put back in place, such as barriers, nonmetallic knobs, adjustment and compartment covershields, isolation resistorcapacitor, etc. 3. When service is required, observe the original lead dress. Extra precaution should be taken to assure correct lead dress in the high voltage circuitry area. 4. Always use the manufacture's replacement components. Especially critical components as indicated on the circuit diagram should not be replaced by other manufacture's. Furthermore where a short circuit has occurred, replace those components that indicate evidence of overheating. 5. Before returning a serviced set to the customer, the service technician must thoroughly test the unit to be certain that it is completely safe to operate without danger of electrical shock, and be sure that no protective device built into the set by the manufacture has become defective, or inadvertently defeated during servicing. Therefore, the following checks should be performed for the continued protection of the customer and service technician. 6. Perform the following precautions against unwanted radiation and rise in internal temperature. • Always return the internal wiring to the original styling. • Attach parts (Ground, Rear Cover, Shield Case) surely after disassembly.
(fusible de type lent) sur CCI indiquent que les
7. Perform the following precautions for the PDP panel. • When the front case is removed, make sure nothing hits the panel face, panel corner, and panel edge (so that the glass does not break). • Make sure that the panel vent does not break. (Check that the cover is attached.) • Handle the FPC connected to the panel carefully. Twisting or pulling the FPC when connecting it to the connector will cause it to peel off from the panel. 8. Pay attention to the following. • Be sure to wire the fan. If the fan does not work, the temperature will rise and cause the protection circuit to operate. • When the front case is removed, infrared ray is radiated and may disturb reception of the remote control unit. • Pay extreme caution when the front case and rear panel are removed because this may cause a high risk of disturbance to TVs and radios in the surrounding.
Leakage Current Cold Check With the AC plug removed from an AC power source, place a jumper across the two plug prongs. Turn the AC power switch on. Using an insulation tester (DC 500V), connect one lead to the jumpered AC plug and touch the other lead to each exposed metal part (input/output terminals, screwheads, metal overlays, control shafts, etc.), particularly any exposed metal part having a return path to the chassis. Exposed metal parts having a return path to the chassis should have a minimum resistor reading of 0.3MW and a maximum resistor reading of 5MW. Any resistor value below or above this range indicates an abnormality which requires corrective action. Exposed metal parts not having a return path to the chassis will indicate an open circuit.
3
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Leakage Current Hot Check
1.2 PRODUCT SAFETY NOTICE
Plug the AC line cord directly into an AC power source (do not use an isolation transformer for this check). Turn the AC power switch on. Using a "Leakage Current Tester (Simpson Model 229 equivalent)", measure for current from all exposed metal parts of the cabinet (input/output terminals, screwheads, metal overlays, control shaft, etc.), particularly any exposed metal part having a return path to the chassis, to a known earth ground (water pipe, conduit, etc.). Any current measured must not exceed 0.5mA.
Many electrical and mechanical parts in PIONEER set have special safety related characteristics. These are often not evident from visual inspection nor the protection afforded by them necessarily can be obtained by using replacement components rated for higher voltage, wattage, etc. Replacement parts which have these special safety characteristics are identified in this Service Manual. Electrical components having such features are identified by marking on the schematics and on the parts list in this Service with a Manual. The use of a substitute replacement component which dose not have the same safety characteristics as the PIONEER recommended replacement one, shown in the parts list in this Service Manual, may create shock, fire or other hazards. Product Safety is continuously under review and new instructions are issued from time to time. For the latest information, always consult the current PIONEER Service Manual. A subscription to, or additional copies of, PIONEER Service Manual may be obtained at a nominal charge from PIONEER.
Leakage current tester
Device under test
Reading should not be above 0.5 mA
Test all exposed metal surfaces
Also test with plug reversed (Using AC adapter plug as required) Earth ground
AC Leakage Test ANY MEASUREMENTS NOT WITHIN THE LIMITS OUTLINED ABOVE ARE INDICATIVE OF A POTENTIAL SHOCK HAZARD AND MUST BE CORRECTED BEFORE RETURNING THE SET TO THE CUSTOMER.
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
1.3 CHARGED SECTION AND HIGH VOLTAGE GENERATING POINT 7 Charged Section
7 High Voltage Generating Point
The places where the commercial AC power is used without passing through the power supply transformer. If the places are touched, there is a risk of electric shock. In addition, the measuring equipment can be damaged if it is connected to the GND of the charged section and the GND of the non-charged section while connecting the set directly to the commercial AC power supply. Therefore, be sure to connect the set via an insulated transformer and supply the current.
The places where voltage is 100V or more except for the charged places described above. If the places are touched, there is a risk of electric shock.
7 Charged Section (Power supply primary side)
1. POWER SUPPLY MODULE 2. X DRIVE ASSY 3. Y DRIVE ASSY 4. SCAN ASSY
(170V) (170V) (–200V to 250V) (250V)
For the places, refer to the EXPLODED VIEWS, the SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM and the PCB CONNECTION DIAGRAM sections.
1. AC Power Cord 2. AC Inlet with Filter 3. Power Switch (S1) 4. Fuse (In the MAIN POWER ASSY) 5. STB Transformer and Converter Transformer (In the MAIN POWER ASSY) 6. Other primary side of the MAIN POWER ASSY Part is charged section. Part is the high voltage generating points other than the charged section. X CABLE U ASSY CABLE ASSY U-COM ASSY
X DRIVE ASSY
TOP
CABLE ASSY
X CABLE D ASSY
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
SIDE SW ASSY MAIN POWER ASSY CABLE ASSY
IR RECEIVE ASSY
CABLE ASSY CABLE ASSY CONTROL ASSY AUDIO AMP ASSY CABLE ASSY CABLE ASSY VIDEO ASSY INPUT ASSY SCAN ASSY
CABLE ASSY
Y DRIVE ASSY
SP TERMINAL (L) ASSY
5
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
2. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST NOTES :
Parts marked by “ NSP ” are generally unavailable because they are not in our Master Spare Parts List. The mark found on some component parts indicates the importance of the safety factor of the part. Therefore, when replacing, be sure to use parts of identical designation. Screw adjacent to mark on the product are used for disassembly.
2.1 PACKING 41 10
30 42 23
42
15 24
18 44 41
11
25
16 8
17 19 PDP-502MX Only
7 5
40
3
PDP-502MX Only 21
PDP-502MXE Only
20, 22
31 27 13
28
PDP-502MX Only 39
4 9
1 12
36
26 6
32
35
2
34
33
30 PDP-502MX Only
6
11
37
29
38
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
(1) PACKING PARTS LIST Mark No.
NSP NSP NSP
NSP
Description
Part No.
1 2 3 4 5
Under Pad R Under Pad L Upper Pad R Upper Pad L Upper Pad C
AHA2239 AHA2240 AHA2241 AHA2242 AHA2243
6 7 8 9 10
Under Pad C Front Carton Rear Carton Code Case Upper Carton
AHA2245 AHB1210 AHB1211 AHC1033 See contrast table (2)
11 12 13 14 15
Under Carton Mirror Mat Polyethirene Sheet …………………………… Operating Instructions
AHD3037 AHG1284 AHG1302
16 17 18 19 20
Plasma Caution Sheet Plasma Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Warranty Card
See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2) ARM1168 See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2)
21 22 23
Warranty Card Vinyl Pouch Remote Control Unit (CU-V159) Battery Cover AA (R6/UM-3) Batteries
See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2) AXD1446
24 25
Mark No.
NSP NSP
NSP
See contrast table (2)
NSP
Description
Part No.
26 27 28 29 30
AC Power Cord Binder Assy Cleaning Cloth Vinyl Bag (for Screw, Nut) Literature Bag
See contrast table (2) AEC1758 AED1174 AHG-064 AHG-117
31 32 33 34 35
Pin/BNC Conversion Adaptor Diaplay Stand Stand Bracket Screw Caution Sheet
See contrast table (2) AMR3225 ANG2351 CPZ30P080FZK ARM1175
36 37 38 39 40
Remote Control Unit Case Hex Hole Bolt (M8×40) Washer Washer Plasma Caution Sheet
AMR3231 SMZ80H400FZB WAX1F200K320 WB80FZB See contrast table (2)
41 42 43 44
Seal Label Pad Set Caution Sheet
AAX2817 VRW1629 AHA2269 ARM1194
Pad set (AHA2269) is composed of the following parts. 43
AZN2098 See contrast table (2)
Pad Set 1 Under Pad R 2 Under Pad L 3 Upper Pad R 4 Upper Pad L 5 Upper Pad C 6 Under Pad C
AHA2269 AHA2239 AHA2240 AHA2241 AHA2242 AHA2243 AHA2245
(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-502MX/LUCBW/1 and PDP-502MXE/YVLDK/1 are constructed the same except for the following: Part No. Mark
No. 10 15
PDP-502MX LUCBW/1
PDP-502MXE YVLDK/1
AHD3035 ARD1039
AHD3043 Not used
Not used
ARE1358
16 17 19
Upper Carton Operating Instructions (English/French/Japanese) Operating Instructions (English/French/German/Italian/ Dutch/Spanish) Plasma Caution Sheet Plasma Caution Sheet Caution Sheet
ARM1145 ARM1147 ARM1176
Not used Not used Not used
20 21 22 25 26
Warranty Card Warranty Card Vinyl Pouch AA (R6/UM-3) Batteries AC Power Cord
ARY1093 ARY1102 AHG–195 AEX1025 ADG1178
Not used Not used Not used VEM1011 Not used
31 40
Pin/BNC Conversion Adaptor Plasma Caution Sheet
AKX1052 Not used
Not used ARM1149
15
NSP NSP NSP NSP
Symbol and Description
Remarks
7
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 2.2 REAR CASE SECTION 4
10
9
9
12
10
4 4
4
9 4
4 8
27 (MXE) 4
27 (MX)
9
9
33
22
7
20
10
4
21
4
10 PDP-502MXE Only
7
4
4 9
10
32 PDP-502MX 17 Only
10
9
9
4
5
9
28 PDP-502MX Only
9 10 16
9
19 (MX) 30 (MXE) 12
6
31 29
PDP-502MX Only
18
11 PDP-502MXE Only
3
PDP-502MX Only 26
1
Refer to "2.3 EXTERIOR (1/3)". 24
13 15
14
25
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
(1) REAR CASE SECTION PARTS LIST Mark No.
NSP
NSP
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
1 2 3 4 5
Siricon Sheet L …………………………… Barrier Screw Rear Case Frame
AEH1034
NSP
24 25
Earth Label Serial Seal
BAX1014 AAX2609
AMR3166 BBZ40P160FZK See contrast table (2)
NSP NSP
6 7 8 9 10
Rear Case Stand Bolt Screw Collar Screw Hole Rivet
See contrast table (2) ABA1277 AEC1848 AMZ30P100FZK AMR2969
26 27 28 29 30
Display Label Label Barrier Caution Label Connector Cover Earth Plate
See contrast table (2) VRW1629 See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2)
11 12 13 14 15
Solder Warning Label Screw Rivet Terminal Label D Terminal Label F Terminal Label G
See contrast table (2) AEC1852 AAX2721 AAX2723 See contrast table (2)
31 32 33 34
Washer Terminal Label N Seal Rear Case Service Assy
See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2) AAX2816 See contrast table (2)
16 17 18 19 20
Terminal Label A Caution Label Terminal Label C Terminal Label B Bolt Caution Label
See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2)
21 22 23
Cleaning Label Name Label ……………………………
See contrast table (2) See contrast table (2)
Note) Rear Case Service Assy is composed of the following parts. 34
NSP
Rear Case Service Assy
3 6
Barrier Rear Case
11 20 28 30
Solder Warning Label Bolt Caution Label Barrier Caution Label Earth Plate
AWL1461 (MX) AWL1457 (MXE) AMR3166 ANE1596 (MX) ANE1587 (MXE) AAX2644 AAX2728 (MXE only) AAX2759 ANK1639 (MXE only)
(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-502MX/LUCBW/1 and PDP-502MXE/YVLDK/1 are constructed the same except for the following: Part No. Mark
NSP
NSP NSP
No.
Symbol and Description
PDP-502MX LUCBW/1
PDP-502MXE YVLDK/1
5 6 11 15 15
Rear Case Frame Rear Case Solder Warning Label Terminal Label G Terminal Label E
AMR3147 ANE1596 AAX2644 AAX2724 Not used
AMR3170 ANE1587 Not used Not used AAX2722
16 16 17 18 18
Terminal Label A Terminal Label L Caution Label Terminal Label C Terminal Label M
AAX2718 Not used ARW1087 AAX2720 Not used
Not used AAX2734 Not used Not used AAX2735
19 20 21 22
Terminal Label B Bolt Caution Label Cleaning Label Name Label
AAX2719 AAX2727 AAX2751 AAL2309
Not used AAX2728 AAX2766 AAL2313
26 28 29 30 31 32 34
Display Label Barrier Caution Label Connector Cover Earth Plate Washer Terminal Label N Rear Case Service Assy
AAX–359 AAX2759 Not used Not used Not used Not used AWL1461
Not used Not used ANG2355 ANK1641 ABE1077 AAX2736 AWL1457
Remarks
Note
9
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
2.3 EXTERIOR (1/3)
38
39
35 40 22
20
37
36
1 2 20
24 44
8
45 34
24
23 34 34
19
7
33
18 14 15
34
34
34
15
17
13
3
13 34
13
34
12 34 11
32 21
10
31 32
21
14 13
31 30
32 21
20
9
30
27 Refer to "2.4 EXTERIOR (2/3)".
32 27
21
43 41
41 42 41
PDP-502MX Only
Refer to "2.6 FRONT CASE SECTION".
10
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
(1) EXTERIOR (1/3) SECTION PARTS LIST Mark No.
NSP
NSP
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
1 2 3 4 5
MAIN POWER ASSY Fuse (10A, FU101) VIDEO ASSY …………………………… ……………………………
AWZ6506 AEK1071 See contrast table (2)
31 32 33 34 35
Fan Angle Cushion Screw PCB Hinge Screw RCC CONTROL A ASSY
AED1193 PPZ50P100FZK AEC1807 AMZ30P060FMC AWZ6507
6 7 8 9 10
…………………………… Chassis Insulating Sheet Fan Frame A Wire Saddle
ANA1605 AMR3199 ANG2330 AEC1745
36 37 38 39 40
RCC CONTROL B ASSY RCC CONTROL C ASSY OTL CONTROL A ASSY OTL CONTROL B ASSY OTL CONTROL C ASSY
AWZ6508 AWZ6509 AWZ6510 AWZ6511 AWZ6512
11 12 13 14 15
INPUT ASSY Fan Frame C Fan Motor Fan Label Locking Card Spacer
AWZ6496 ANG2393 AXM1036 AAX2785 AEC1736
41 42 43 44 45
Screw Hexagon Screw Nut Insulation Sheet S Insulation Sheet L
BPZ30P080FZK BBA1051 ABN1033 AMR3233 AMR3234
16 17 18 19 20
…………………………… SENSOR (A) ASSY FAN CABLE (A) ASSY FAN CABLE (B) ASSY Screw
AWZ6501 AWZ6502 AWZ6497 BMZ30P060FCU
21 22 23 24 25
Screw Spacer Screw Wire Barrier Nylon Rivet ……………………………
26 27 28 29 30
…………………………… PCB Mold …………………………… …………………………… Screw
BBZ40P160FZK AEF1028 AMR3209 AEC1671
AMR2115
ABZ30P160FCU
(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-502MX/LUCBW/1 and PDP-502MXE/YVLDK/1 are constructed the same except for the following: Part No. Mark
No.
3
Symbol and Description
VIDEO ASSY
PDP-502MX LUCBW/1
PDP-502MXE YVLDK/1
AWZ6495
AWZ6516
Remarks
11
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
2.4 EXTERIOR (2/3) 16
31 30
23
32
23
12
33
40
11
23
23 41
35 41 24
13
23 23
23 45
14
15
22
12
29
45
10 8
40
45
45 23
45
13
9 22
9
22
10
44 43
9
A
21
45
21
22
1
22
22 7
2
4
1 4
19
25 B
37 22
26
42 6
1
5 39
38 26
22 3 2
22 18
1
5 19
22
28
1
22
Refer to "2.5 EXTERIOR (3/3)".
A
20
5 22
1 3 B
22
21
1 1
22
4
5 1 4
1 22 21
12
22
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
(1) EXTERIOR (2/3) SECTION PARTS LIST Mark No.
NSP
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
1 2 3 4 5
Frame Shield H Frame H Frame V Frame Shield V Corner Holder
ANK1609 ANG2396 ANG2344 ANK1610 ANG2347
NSP NSP NSP
31 32 33 34 35
Control Shield Case Control Shield Cover Control Shield Plate …………………………… SP TERMINAL (L) ASSY
ANK1626 ANK1627 ANG2380
6 7 8 9 10
Ferrite Core (L1) Sub Frame R Sub Frame L Bush C Wire Saddle
ATX1037 ANG2395 ANG2419 AEC1740 AEC1745
36 37 38 39 40
…………………………… Spacer Screw Drive Voltage Label Screw
AEC1847 AMZ30P100FZK ARW1097 BPZ30P080FZK
11 12 13 14 15
AC Inlet with Filter (CN1) Shield Gasket B Shield Gasket D Shield Gasket C Terminal Panel
See contrast table (2) ANK1646 See contrast table (2) ANK1647 See contrast table (2)
41 42 43 44 45
Nut Screw Ferrite Core (L2) Binder Dust Guard
ABN1033 PMB40P080FMC ATX1031 AEC1851 AEB1362
16 17 18 19 20
Shield Gasket E …………………………… IR Holder Edging Saddle Nylon Rivet
See contrast table (2) ANG2346 AEC1737 AEC1671
21 22 23 24 25
Screw Screw Screw Hexagon Screw Ferrite Core Holder
AMZ30P080FCU AMZ30P060FMC BMZ30P060FCU BBA1051 AEC1818
26 27 28 29 30
FPC Cushion …………………………… IR RECEIVE ASSY Power Switch (S1) CONTROL ASSY
AEB1341
NSP
AWZ6505
AWZ6498 BSM1006 AWZ6504
(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-502MX/LUCBW/1 and PDP-502MXE/YVLDK/1 are constructed the same except for the following: Part No. Mark
No.
11 13 15 16
Symbol and Description
AC Inlet with Filter (CN1) Shield Gasket D Terminal Panel Shield Gasket E
PDP-502MX LUCBW/1
PDP-502MXE YVLDK/1
AKP1210 ANK1648 ANG2341 ANK1649
AKP1209 ANK1614 ANG2353 ANK1634
Remarks
13
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
2.5 EXTERIOR (3/3) Note*: No.47 is a special screw. Please fix to an original place. Please never use other screws.
16
17
39
28
41
47∗
28
47∗
12
A
45
40
28
48
48 28
4 36
9 44
2
B
40 30
44
9
1
36
5
24
24
39 15 41 47∗
30 11
47∗
47∗
39
46 11
32 13
23
47∗
46
30
20 19
14 9
33
22
11 46
23 22
11 23
35
9
11 46
38
3
34
23
A
46
49
46 11
35 49
46 11
34
23 22
46 11 23 22
46 11 23 22 11 23 22
31(× 40) 23
14
22 22 23 35
B
22
46
22 34
42
40
45
39
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
(1) EXTERIOR (3/3) SECTION PARTS LIST Mark No.
Description
Part No.
NSP NSP NSP
1 2 3 4 5
Panel Shield S Panel Shield L Frame Assy SCAN (A) ASSY SCAN (B) ASSY
ANK1633 ANK1632 ANA1633 AWZ6518 AWZ6519
6 7 8 9 10
…………………………… …………………………… …………………………… PCB Spacer ……………………………
11 12 13 14 15
CABLE ASSY Y DRIVE ASSY X CABLE D ASSY X DRIVE ASSY X CABLE U ASSY
AWV1843 AWV1847 AWZ6515 AWV1842 AWZ6514
16 17 18 19 20
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY UCOM ASSY …………………………… Tube Cover Push Rivet
AWV1841 See contrast table (2)
21 22 23 24 25
…………………………… Dust Guard Collar Locking Spacer Screw Grommet ……………………………
AMR3227 AEC1794 AEC1857
26 27 28 29 30
…………………………… …………………………… Circuit Board Spacer …………………………… Locking Spacer
AEC1744
NSP NSP
NSP NSP
Mark No.
NSP NSP NSP NSP
AMR3155
NSP
AMR3036 AEC1748
Description
Part No.
31 32 33 34 35
Plastic Rivet AUDIO AMP ASSY PCB Spacer Blind Sheet S Blind Sheet L
AMR1066 AWZ6503 AEC1446 AMR3202 AMR3203
36 37 38 39 40
Hot Plate …………………………… Circuit Board Spacer Screw Screw
ANG2416
41 42 43 44 45
Screw Plasma Panel Assy …………………………… Screw Hot Plate Barrier
IBZ30P250FCU AAV1236
46 47 48 49
Screw Screw Screw Ferrite Core (L4, L5)
ABA1056 ABA1200 ABZ30P060FCU ATX1041
AEC1795 ABZ30P160FCU BBZ40P120FZK
ABZ30P060FCU AMR3223
AEC1796
(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-502MX/LUCBW/1 and PDP-502MXE/YVLDK/1 are constructed the same except for the following: Part No. Mark
No.
17
Symbol and Description
UCOM ASSY
PDP-502MX LUCBW/1
PDP-502MXE YVLDK/1
AWZ6499
AWZ6520
Remarks
15
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
2.6 FRONT CASE SECTION 2 5 1
3 4 22 18
8
8
8
8 14
8
9
8 10
16
8
8
8
8
17
14
8
14
20
7
7 13
6 15
8
9
14
23
10
11
8 8
7
13
14 8
14
11
18 8
12 8
8
17
8
9 8 8
21 PDP-502MX Only
8 16
8
9 15
16
(1) FRONT CASE SECTION PARTS LIST Mark No.
NSP
16
Description
Part No.
1 2 3 4 5
SIDE SW ASSY LED Lens Control Name Plate Control Shield Control Button
AWZ6500 AAK2695 AAK2757 ANK1606 AAC1540
6 7 8 9 10
Lens Panel Holder Assy Screw Panel Shield H Panel Cushion H
AAK2741 ANG2386 BPZ30P080FZK ANK1603 AED1189
11 12
Front Cushion H Protect Panel Assy
AED1191 AMR3228
Mark No.
NSP
NSP
Description
Part No.
13 14 15
Front Cushion V Corner Cushion Front Case
AED1192 AEB1360 See contrast table (2)
16 17 18 19 20
Panel Shield V Panel Holder V Panel Cushion V …………………………… Panel Shield VM
ANK1604 ANG2337 AED1190
21 22 23
Pioneer Seal Screw Corner Shield
See contrast table (2) BBZ30P080FMC ANK1665
ANK1605
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-502MX/LUCBW/1 and PDP-502MXE/YVLDK/1 are constructed the same except for the following: Part No. No.
Mark
15 21
Symbol and Description
Front Case Pioneer Seal
PDP-502MX LUCBW/1
PDP-502MXE YVLDK/1
AMB2649 ARW1091
AMB2679 Not used
Remarks
2.7 PDP SERVICE ASSY (AWU1030) PDP SERVICE ASSY (AWU1030) is composed of the following parts. Please refer to 2.4 and 2.5 for the illustrations of each part. Mark No.
Description
Part No.
2.4 EXTERIOR (2/3)
NSP
1 2 3 4 5
Frame Shield H Frame H Frame V Frame Shield V Corner Holder
ANK1609 ANG2396 ANG2344 ANK1610 ANG2347
21 22 26 37 38
Screw Screw FPC Cushion Spacer Screw
AMZ30P080FCU AMZ30P060FMC AEB1341 AEC1847 AMZ30P100FZK
39
Drive Voltage Label
ARW1097
2.5 EXTERIOR (3/3) NSP NSP NSP
3 19 20 23 24
Frame Assy Tube Cover Push Rivet Locking Spacer Screw Grommet
ANA1633 AMR3036 AEC1748 AEC1794 AEC1857
NSP
28 30 31 33 34
Circuit Board Spacer Locking Spacer Plastic Rivet PCB Spacer Blind Sheet S
AEC1744 AEC1796 AMR1066 AEC1446 AMR3202
35 38 42
Blind Sheet L Circuit Board Spacer Plasma Panel Assy
AMR3203 AEC1795 AAV1236
NSP NSP NSP NSP
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
Wire Saddle Flat Clamp Cable Clip FPC (XGA2-Y) FPC (XGA2-X) Address Mojule (IC21–IC40)
AEC1797 AEC1858 AEC1859 ADY1047 ADY1053 MC-16340
Button Bolt Corner Pad Corner Carton Upper Carton Under Carton
ABA1259 AHA2203 AHA2204 AHD2970 AHD2971
Packing Sheet Holder Plate Washer
AHG1291 AHK1008 WB80FZB
OTHERS
NSP NSP NSP
PACKING
17
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
3. BLOCK DIAGRAM AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM For "SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM", refer to the service manual ARP3078 for PDP-502MX.
3.1 OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM CABLE ASSY
CABLE ASSY
CABLE ASSY
K2
K2
K2
K1
K1
D13
MAIN POWER ASSY P5
SUS
Sustain Pulse Gen. IC3405
B Psus(X)
+RST OUT
DELAY
P6
+ Reset Pulse Gen.
8V
12V
14V -8V
IP Process CLP Pulse Gen.
D4
PFC
PD
P4
PD CONT
PD
Relay STB12V
5V
Logic BLK
RGB DAT
D19
VCC SW PWR
DELAY
HI PWR OFF SW
PWR
Vsus
Vadr
Vsus Vsus 10V 5V 12V Vsus
VADR SW PWR
+B
Isolation (PC) BLK
Psus(X)
To Panel X-Electrode
VSUS SW PWR
P3 SUS OUT
D1
OC OVC
D18
FU101
STBY PWR
STB5V
P7
P1
AC IN
HD,VD
K1
RGB DAT
A
D20
D22
D12
CL D
DRV Sig.
RST
F7
Sustain SUS Pulse Gen. OUT IC3402
E21
SDA SCK E24
PD
14V
PD
F5
Vsus
E1
E16
E17
X DRIVE ASSY
E15
5V
Vadr
EEPROM IC3601
U-COM ASSY
E E33
Vadr
E10
S1 15V
AUDIO AMP ASSY
C6
IR RECEIVE ASSY
S5V
PD
VOL
A20 L
R
C1
A3
Tx Rx
A5
CONTROL ASSY
Out
CLK HD VD
IC2402 AMP/AD/PLL
CLP,HV BLK
HD,VD Sync U-Com F-DET
Sync SEL CONT
Y YPbPr
Sync G/Y Sepa
CLP,HV BLK P&P
HD VD
HDVD
In3/In4 SEL
LR RGB In
R Pr
G Y
B HD VD Pb CS IN 3
K1
K2
18 3
S
K2
CABLE ASSY
CABLE ASSY
2
RGB Decoder YPbP IC1401
RGB HD
12V
YCbC
RGB
IN 4
K1
CABLE ASSY
SDet DAT CLK
Audio Audio RGB 3/4 1/2 OUT
Combi SR SR In Out In Out
K2
RE A30 RGB
SEL LR
R
R OUT Audio
K1
A1 A2
LR
REM
D
B3
C2 12V
C4
PD, VOL
U1
502MXE Only V.ROM
DC DET
C5
12V 9V_PIC 5APLL 9V_SIG 5VBPLL
A17
MUTE
13V
LR 13V,S5V
A19
PWR AMP IC4502
LR
B2
A35
CLK HD
VOL CONT (Main/Sub) 12V STB5V
A33
D-D CON
12V
1
FAN MAX SD SENS
KEY, LED
E12
E2
FAN DRV E3
SYSTEM CONT CPU IC3604
REM, Tx, Rx,Vol, Mute
E8
SIDE SW ASSY
S5V
DAT, CLK SDet, FDet
13V
E22
E7 Vsus
C
R5V
FAN CONT BLK
5V REG
R10V 14V REG
PWR
S5V
E23 E18
Vsus
E2
E19
14V
E6
RST
F6
OC
Vadr
E5 12V 5V
RGB (A), (B)
Psus(X)
To Panel X-Electrode
Vadr 5V E3 E35
12V
OSD DAT
5V 5V 12V Vsus
4
5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE Notes: When ordering service parts, be sure to refer to "EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST" or "PCB PARTS LIST". For "PCB PARTS LIST", refer to the service manual ARP3078 for PDP-502MX. IC
RGB
RGB
SCAN (A) ASSY
CLKB CLK DEF DEF 12V 5V 3.3V
D3
D6
TOP ADR DAT (64bit * RGB * 20)
Aspect Conv. FIFO
RGB DAT
IP Process CLP Pulse Gen.
SI ,CLK
D8
12V
5V 3.3V
H4
RN
D11
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
FAN CABLE B ASSY
Vadr R10V 14V
FAN A
FAN DRV B
EG
OC
FAN B
ADD SEL PULSE
Y-SUS MASK BLK VH IC5V
OFS Vofs
FAN DRV A
FAN CABLE A ASSY
14V
FAN D -8V
S
D-D CONV BLK
Vsus Vsus 10V R10V SENSOR A ASSY
UVP OVP
TEMP SENS IC4101
SENS E27
H3
Vcp BLK
5V 12V Vsus
VH
D-D CONV BLK
V8
ADD SEL PULSE
V9
IC5V VH
Sustain Pulse Gen. IC3707
ADD SEL PULSE
V10
IC5V VH
Vofs VRN
ADD SEL PULSE
SENS A
E33
ADD SEL PULSE
IC5V VH
Vcp
OVP
B V6
IC5V VH
V14
Psus(Y)
FAN C
SUS OUT
FAN DRV B
CP 12V MSK
SUS
FAN DRV
IC5V VFZ
V5
IC5V VH
Vcp
OFS Pulse Gen.
PD -8V
E26
E38
Vadr
- Reset Pulse Gen.
V4
V7
ADD SEL PULSE
H2
OFS
5V
ADD SEL PULSE
IC5V VH
-RST
H5
PD
D22
DRV Sig. H1
D10
BOTTOM ADR DAT (64bit * RGB * 20)
OC UPV
D16
DRV Sig
Vsus 10V Vsus
VH IC5V
V3
IC5V VH
Psus(Y)
REG
Logic BLK
Sustain Pulse Gen. IC3702
SUS OUT
CLP
XY DRV Sequence pattern Gen.
D9 SUS
Panel CPU
VADR Cont
IP CPU
5V
VRN 14V 12V
FAN CONT BLK
ADD SEL PULSE
Y DRIVE ASSY
20
* Field MEM
CP MSK, OFS
HD,VD
RGB DAT
RGB DAT
V2
IC5V VH
D7
5V 12V Vsus
D17
D20
Sub-Field 20 Conv.
Xtal 50M
8
2
Gamma-1 ABL Dither OSD Add
RGB DAT
ADD SEL PULSE
Xtal 60M
OSD Gen
9
D5
V1
IC5V VH
CABLE ASSY
Psus(Y)
D14
,, , ,, ADD SEL PULSE
K1
D13
A
IC5V VH
To Panel Y-Electrode
RGB
IC
VADR
V11
To Panel Y-Electrode
DAT3 (64bit)
DAT1 (64bit)
CLKB CLK VADR DEF DEF Gen. ADR U/B/ VADR K2 D/G
K1
IC
RGB
RGB
IC
DAT2 (64bit)
K2
IC
DAT0 (64bit)
CABLE ASSY
IC
VADR
RGB
IC
RGB RGB
IC
C
IC5V VH
12V 9V_PIC 5APLL -5V_IO 5V_PIC 9V_SIG 5VBPLL 5V_AD 5_PLD 5V_RGB
RGB Decoder YPbPr IC1401
B
CONT Y 3DY/Y/SY SEL
Y,C
Y, Col diff Decoder Sync Sepa
Y
Y SEL
3DY Y
IC1201
Sync SEL
HDVD
In1/In2 SEL
NT FIL
PAL FIL
C V/Y
3D Y/C for NTSC
3Line Y/C for PAL/60PAL
C SEL C
C
V13
SCAN (B) ASSY
3DC
Y
/In4 EL
ADD SEL PULSE
C SEL
SEC FIL
BW_Y
YPbPr
Y
PALY
SCL, SDA
YCbCr
GB
SER PARA CONV.
A31
V12
IC5V VH
SDAT
13V, 8V, -8V
REG A30 RGB
V.ROM
VIDEO ASSY
A13
SEC Y
2MXE nly
ADD SEL PULSE
FILTER C
V/Y C V/Y
G Y
B HD VD Pb CS IN 3
K1
S
C IN 2
Y
502MX Only
D
VBS OUT IN 1
K2
K1
CABLE ASSY
K2
CABLE ASSY
L1
SP(L) ASSY
K1
K2
CABLE ASSY
19
L OUT
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.2 VIDEO ASSY SECTION (1/2)
L
13
9
11
7
5
27
15 C 42
FNC_1 IC102
51
1
INPUT
2
YC_VY
3
9 10
4
6
HOUT
Y/B–Y/R–Y DECODER SYNC SEPA. TV JUNGLE IC IC1201 (TB1227BW)
Y 45
OUTPUT
5V_PIC
9V_SIG 5V_PIC
SCL
14
IC1202 (TC74HC4538AF)
SDA
12
R
4
C
INPUT2
3
1
5
3
2
1
SCL
SDA
Y
C
FSC
11 L
SYNC
INPUT1
AUDIO INPUT2 (502MX) INPUT4 (502MXE)
5
VD_PLD L R
13
INT_Cr INT_Y INT_Cb HD_PLD
R
CLP_CNR
3
CN503 A30
CN304 A31
SCL SDA 8V 13.5V
4
B
HBLK_CNR
2
L
YC_VY
CN302 A5
3
IC651 1
R
PDP-502MXE Only
To VIDEO Assy (2/2)
YC_C
A
To CONTROL ASSY CN4703 C2 1
A
AUDIO INPUT1 (502MX) INPUT3 (502MXE)
PDP-502MX Only
Y
36
B–Y
35
R–Y
4
Comp
10
HBLK Gen. 10
6 3
1
IC1205 (NJN1319M)
1 56
9
4
5
Y
5
7
37
Comp
2
IC1204 (BA7655AF)
12
7
11 12
SINC
YC_C
13
14
SINY
15
B
5 Y
2MHz S_DET
S_DET
S2_DET
S2_DET
1 Y SYNC 7
LPF
3 RGB SYNC
IC1207 FNC_2
MR_V_SW
SHP_SW
MAI_SW
2
2
4
4
6
6
8
8
10
1 3 5
IC305
IC301
10
24 12
Comp
7
IC303
11
Comp
23
9
INPUT ASSY (AWZ6496)
13
G1
G
B1
B
R1
HD
VD1
VD
C
22 14
B2 R2 HD2 VD2
FNC_0
Plug & Play ROM
15
G2
5V_RGB
IC507 (24LCS21A)
R
HD1
21 19
VIDEO SW IC306 (BA7657F)
9V_PIC 76
4
VCLK
RGB2 IN
SCL
B
HD
G
SDA
R
5
INT_Cb
4
INT_Cr
3
EXT_Pr
9
EXT_HD
7
Comp
EXT_VD
8
35
RGB DECODER
55 56 31 SCL
VD
43 P_ACL
SCP Gen.
HD
G
K2013 HBLK
K2014 VBLK
3
R
+5AD
+3.3AD
–5V_IO
5V Reg
3.3V Reg
–5V Reg
5V_PLD
5V Reg
+5A_PLL +5D_PLL
5V_PIC
5V Reg
5V Reg
5V_RGB
5V Reg
7
9V_PIC
5
10
9V_SIG
2
12
9V Reg
15
12V
IC506
12V Reg
RGB2 OUT
80
IC501
K1404
K2023 K2024 VD3 HD3
11
9V Reg
5 6 7
A13 CN3401
1 2
D
To POWER SUPPLY ASSY CN306 P6
20 1
79
Comp
SAND CASTLE PULSE GEN. HBLK/VBLK/CLP added
B
75
Multi Component Processor RGB Matrix EXT_Y 11 37 IC1401 EXT_Pb 10 39 (CXA2101AQ)
IC503
VD
INT_Y
SCP
Y/G Pb/B Pr/R HD/CS VD
SDA
INPUT3 (RGB1)
+5V_RGB
CN3506 CN303
2
3
4
K2025 HD4
K2026 VD4
5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Through
INT_R
INT_R
124
INT_G
INT_G
133
INT_B
139
EXT_R
EXT_R
126
EXT_G
EXT_G
136
EXT_B
EXT_B
141
AMP/AD/PLL IC2402 (CXA3506R)
VD_PLD
HD_PLD
R 143
K2420 K2422 K2418 K2419 K2421 K2417
R-Y_LEV
B-Y_LEV
INT_B
5V_PIC IC104 (24LC01B)
5
6
SDA
SCL
Video Data ROM
R (B)
8
8
G (B)
8
8
B (B)
8
8
R (A)
8
8
G (A)
8
8
B (A)
8
8
98
XCLK
101
1_2CLK
103
HD
XCLK K2012
XCLK
1_2CLK K2012
1_2CLK
HD K2012
HD
VD K2012
VD
Peak ACL
P_ACL_SW
A35 CN2903
K2012 K2029 K2030 12V
Sync. Sepa for Y/G IC2002 (M52346SP)
G/Y K2004
13
114 ULK_PLL
120 HOLD_PLL
CLP_AMP 96
103 HD_PLL
VD_SEP 98
+VS
100 HD_SEP
–HS 84
88
5
7
3 4
DATA
5
CLK
+3.3AD
6 4
V_STATE 142
HD_PLD K2033
14
3
B
CN2203 A2 PLL_CE
IC1404 12
1
To DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY CN3403 D20
Dual (A/B)
To DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY CN3405 D22
32.50M
To U-COM ASSY CN3612 E24
48.36k
A33 CN2901
5V_PIC
K2203 K2202 K2204 K2201
60
+3.3AD
+5AD
9
ORG
+5V_PLL
10
IP
CLK
IP
Single (A)
DATA
Single (A)
53.63M
104
40.28M
15.625k
11
15.734k
50
PLL_CE
60
Wide
ULK_PLL
4:3
PAL
HD_PLL 111
NTSC
PC XGA (60)
A
IP Process
HOLD_PLL 106
AD OUT
3
K2901 (CLK)
CLP_AMP 113
K2903 (HD)
1
K2904 (VD)
B
Screen
G
IN
HD_PLD 110
137
VD
VD_PLD 112
C CN2202 A1
IC2005 (PDY069)
9
4
3
1
MMV
MMV
4
HD_u, VD_u
HD_FIL
3 132
VD_FIL
5V_PLD Reset
4
K2210 18 19
Sync. U-COM IC2201 (PD2060A9)
HBLK_MAT/VBLK_MAT/CLP_MAT 2
5V_PIC 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
5
SCL
6
4
K2211
CLK
Gate DA_0_SV
31 16
K2212
K2213
CN2001 A3 CLP1 8 CLP2 9 HBLK 10 VBLK
KU_SW
P_ACL_SW
FNC_1
FNC_0
MAT_SW
B-Y_LEV
R-Y_LEV
S_DET
FNC_2
22,23
Input Freq. Det.
HD3/VD3/HD4/VD4
SDA
K2209 11
HD/VD NOISE GATE 12 PULSE Gen. IC2004 (TC74VHC123AFT)
2
S2_DET
103
131
K2021
128
K2020
R-Out
106 VD_MASK
B-Out
HD_MASK
G-Out
11
9 10
D/A IC2301 (CXA1875AM)
SCL
14 15 SDA
K2015 CLP
Sync. Control Sync. Select PLD
HD_FIL 107
V_STATE
To U-COM ASSY CN2202 E23
VD_PLD K2032 SEL_Vout
102
To DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY CN3402 D17
VD_FIL
21 5
6
7
8
D
5V_SIG
5V REG.
IC1004
3.3V REG.
IC1104
5V REG.
IC1103
5V_3L
3.3V_3D
5V_3D
4
3D_Cin
YC_C
8V
1
3D_Yin
4
LPF (6.7MHz)
IC1003
3L_Vin
Sin_C
1
5
8
5
8
3DRST
LPF (6.7MHz)
IC1105
37
17
FIN
RSTB
ACI
CSI
AYI
1 4
7
SECAM_C
26
83
4 3 5
2 1
12
5
8
3L_Y
IC803
IC1002 LPF (6.7MHz)
SECAM Chroma Trap
60
ACO
84 5
4
15
13
14
14
4
NTSC 2 PAL 1
14
PAL 11 SECAM 12
NTSC 15
Low Lum. CNR
Clamp
3
13
3D_C
3D_Y
IC802
LPF (6.7MHz)
8
IC1106 1
B
SINC
25
ACO
AYO
IC1001 (CXD2064Q)
IS41C16256–35K
59
9
3D Y/C
AYO
IC1101 (UPD64082GF-3BA)
4M DRAM
3Line Y/C
23
CLPO 2 ADIN
1
5V_3L
5V_3D
57
96
76
88
BPF SW
MA (0:8)
VC_YV
MN
SDA
3.3V_3D
3D_C
MD (0:15)
NP
SCL NTSC_C PAL_C
3 VS TRP1 TRP2
2 SECAM
A
To VIDEO Assy (1/2)
1 TRP0 TRP1
D 13 12
5
3
2
IC801
14
4
1
15
4.43 BPF
3.58 BPF
DLSW TRP2 VS/BW
C Delay 250nS
5 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10
D/A IC703 (CXA1875AM)
5V_PIC
SDA
SCL
TRP2
SDA
SCL
C
Y
CLP_CNR
HBLK_CNR
FSC
TRP2
2
VS BW NP MN TRP0 TRP1 TRP2 DLSW BPFSW
A
B To VIDEO Assy (1/2)
1 3 4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.3 VIDEO ASSY SECTION (2/2)
22
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Waveforms of VIDEO ASSY Synchronous Signal Processing Block (When INPUT1 NTSC RAMP signal is input)
Synchronous Signal Processing Block (When INPUT1 NTSC RAMP signal is input)
Synchronous Signal Processing Block 2 (INPUT4 PC siganl VESA: 1280x1024@60Hz (SXGA@60Hz) when there is signal input [ separate H, V ]
CH1: VIDEO input V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
CH1: VIDEO input V : 1V/div H : 100msec/div
CH2: K2032 (VD_PLD), IC2005 Pin 112 V : 5V/div H : 2msec/div
CH2: K2033 (HD_PLD), IC2005 Pin 110 V : 5V/div H : 100msec/div
CH1: K2026 (VD_4), IC2005 Pin71 (VD input) V: 5V/div H: 2msec/div
CH3: K2018 (VD_u), IC2005 Pin 34 V : 5V/div H : 2msec/div
CH3: K2019 (HD_u), IC2005 Pin 32 V : 5V/div H : 100msec/div
CH2: K2020 (VD_FIL), IC2005 Pin 102 V: 5V/div H: 2msec/div
CH4: K2031 (VD_DSEL), IC2005 Pin 137 V : 3.3V/div H : 2msec/div
CH4: K2029 (HD_PLL), IC2005 Pin 118 V : 3.3V/div H : 100msec/div
CH3: K2018 (VD_u), IC2005 Pin 34 V : 5V/div H : 2msec/div CH4: K2031 (VD_DSEL), IC2005 Pin 137 V : 3.3V/div H : 2msec/div
Synchronous Signal Processing Block (When INPUT1 NTSC RAMP signal is input) CH1: K2033 (HD_PLD), IC2005 Pin 110 V : 5V/div H : 10msec/div CH2: K2029 (HD_PLL), IC2005 Pin 118 V : 3.3V/div H : 10msec/div CH3: K2432 (DIVOUT), IC2402 Pin 103 V : 5V/div H : 10msec/div
Synchronous Signal Processing Block 2 (INPUT4 PC siganl VESA: 1280x1024@60Hz (SXGA@60Hz) when there is signal input [ separate H, V ] CH1: K2004 (SYNC_SEP: input Green signal), IC2002 Pin4 V : 2V/div H : 100msec/div CH2: K2029 (HD_PLL), IC2005 Pin 118 V : 3.3V/div H : 100msec/div CH3: K2031 (VD_DSEL), IC2005 Pin 137 V : 3.3V/div H : 100msec/div CH4: K2030 (HOLD_PLL), IC2005 Pin 120 V : 3.3V/div H : 100msec/div
23
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Synchronous Signal Processing Block 2 (INPUT4 PC siganl VESA: 1280x1024@60Hz (SXGA@60Hz) when there is signal input [ separate H, V ] CH1: K2025 (HD_4), IC2005 Pin69 (HD input) V : 5V/div H : 20msec/div
YC_VY (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) CN104 Pin1 V : 20mV/div H : 20msec/div
R output (INPUT3, 4 NTSC Color Bar Y/Cb/Cr) IC306 V : 10mV/div H : 20msec/div
CH2: K2021 (HD_FIL), IC2005 Pin 107 V : 5V/div H : 20msec/div CH3: K2019 (HD_u), IC2005 Pin 32 V : 5V/div H : 20msec/div CH4: K2029 (HD_PLL), IC2005 Pin 118 V : 3.3V/div H : 20msec/div
G output (INPUT3, 4 NTSC Color Bar Y/Cb/Cr) IC306 V : 20mV/div H : 20msec/div
Y input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1201 V : 20mV/div H : 20msec/div
B output (INPUT3, 4 NTSC Color Bar Y/Cb/Cr) IC306 V : 10mV/div H : 20msec/div
C input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1201 V : 20mV/div H : 20msec/div
Synchronous Signal Processing Block 2 (INPUT4 PC siganl VESA: 1280x1024@60Hz (SXGA@60Hz) when there is signal input [ separate H, V ] CH1: K2021 (HD_FIL), IC2005 Pin 107 V : 5V/div H : 2.5msec/div CH2: K2029 (HD_PLL), IC2005 Pin 118 V : 3.3V/div H : 2.5msec/div CH3: K2432 (DIVOUT), IC2402 Pin 103 V : 5V/div H : 2.5msec/div
24
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
INT_Y input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1401 V : 20mV/div H : 20msec/div
R input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1701 V : 50mV/div H : 20msec/div
INT_Cb input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1401 V : 10mV/div H : 20msec/div
G input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1701 V : 50mV/div H : 20msec/div
INT_Cr input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1401 V : 10mV/div H : 20msec/div
B input (INPUT1 NTSC Color Bar) IC1701 V : 50mV/div H : 20msec/div
25
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.4 SYNC SIGNAL PROCESSING BLOCK A
SYNC CONTROL PLD IC2005(PDY069)
Noise cancel processing Countermeasure for copy guard Limit to U-com processing velocity (Max: 200kHz)
IC2004(2/2) TC74VHC123 Control signal for switching mask width (Lo : In PC input)
HD_MASK
Noise Mask Gate
VD_MASK
Noise Mask Gate
MASK_DSW
Noise cancel processing Limit to U-com processing velocity (Max: 200Hz)
IC2004(2/2) TC74VHC123 K2020
VD_FIL HD/VD SYNC signal selected by input function for generating Mask pulse (except for when selecting HD_PLD, VD_PLD) HD_FIL
B
Input from IC1201 (Jungle-IC) in Comp/S input (Positive polarity) Separate HD/CS, VD SYNC signal input from BNC/Dsub 15p
K2021 HD_PLD VD_PLD
K2033 K2032 K2023 K2025 K2024 K2026
HD_3 HD_4 VD_3 VD_4
SYNC signal output separated from Y/G ON SYNC signal
C
14pin 15pin 13pin
HD_+ HD_– VD_+
6pin 8pin
HD_SEP VD_SEP
Signal selector for SYNC signal & Circuit for switching polarity
K2004 Y/G ON SYNC signal in inputting Y colordifference or RGB signals
SYNC_SEPA
SYNC signal selected based on input function & HD/VD signal detected (Unify the polarity to negative polarity)
Selected HD/VD signal used for Separate input SYNC signal detection
4pin
2pin 1 pin 18pin 19pin
HSTATE VSTATE HPOL VPOL
Decoding HD/VD signal detected
Information on detecting Separate input SYNC signal & the polarity
SYNC SEPA IC IC2002 (M52346S)
CLP_SW1,2 CLP_SEP (Switching Clamp pulse width
20 bit / Parallel data
CONTROL LOGIC Selecting input SYNC signal Setting value of HOLD Pulse width
Clamp pulse generated by SYNC Separate IC (Used in PC input) 17pin
D Clamp & Blanking pulse output to Analog Video block
CLP_AMP CLP_MAT HBLK_MAT VBLK_MAT
CLP_SEPA
K2012 K2015 K2013 K2014
CLAMP/ BLANKING PULSE CONTROL
26 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
PLL output HD for A/D sampling & clock SYNC reference
A K2432 DIVOUT K2029 HD_PLL AMP/AD/PLL IC IC2701 (CXA3106Q)
PLL input HD
K2030
HOLD controlling signal for comparing PLL phase comparison. HOLD_PLL
HOLD signal generation circuit for PLL control
1_2CLK XCLK
PLL unlock information (Hi: When PLL is not locked) K2408 ULK_PLL
HD_DSEL
Vertical line number count value (11-bit data) Data is updated every 1 V sync.
B
LINE(0:10) Line Number Counter
Signal for detecting abnormal SYNC signal (Hi: in detecting) SYNC STATE Count value in the period of 1H by 16MHz clock (11-bit data) Data is updated at the rate of HD1/8 dividing H_COUNT(0:10)
HD Freq Counter
Timing signal for capturing horizontal frequency count value (HD 1/8 dividing) K2019 HD_U
Signal Frequency DET U-COM IC2201 ( PD2060A ) *Input signal detection (stability) *No signal input detection *Detecting vertical frequency *Controlling V_STD (detecting frequency value)
K2018 VD_U Vertical SYNC signal for input signal detection K2027 Signal for detecting vertical frequency limit Lo: Vertical frequency value is higher than standard value (In PC input : fixed Hi)
V_STD
Serial data REQ_Su HOLD_Su
Sending *Data of vertical frequency *Data of horizontal frequency *Data of total numbers of lines *Information on inapplicable frequency
C
Inverted PLL unlock information (Lo: When PLL is not locked)
HD_DSEL XCLK 1_2CLK
U-COM ASSY Serial Control sig PLD_CE DATA CLK
SER-->PARA CONV
K2031 VD_DSEL
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
VD SYNC signal sent to Digital Assy
D
CLP1 CLP2 HBLK1 VBLK2
Clamp & Blanking signal output from Digital Assy
27 5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.5 DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY SECTION +3.3V
D20 CN3403 To VIDEO ASSY CN2901 A33
A
8
R (B)
8
G (B)
8
B (B)
IP Process
I/F
8 R (A)
WRITE CLK (SYSTEM CLK)
X Speed X dencity
+3.3V
CLK_101 IC1952 (UPD4811650GF-A10)
8 G (A)
3 5 7
HD_IP VD_IP IC3401, IC3402
D17 CN3402 8 9 10 11 12
BAI/BBI
HD_102 Sync CONT CLAMP PULSE GEN.
(IC#102) 5
6 7 8 9
IC2101 (PE5061A) (IC#20)
DE_102 FLD_102
CLP2 HBLK1 VBLK1 V_STD
IC2251 (PD5538B) OSD IC Ser=Para
6 RGB
To U-COM ASSY CN3608 E5
D
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
X2301 20M
+5V
X2001 20M
+5V
+3.3V
IC2255 (MBM29F200BC-70PFTN-K)
67 IC2301
OSD_DATA1 OSD_CLK1 OSD_CE1 OSD_CLR1
FLASH ROM
PANEL U-com.
IC (PE
5
SDATA1 SCLK1
DRIVE S PATTE +5V TP2303
S2301 RST
IC2256 (LC3564BM) 64k SRAM
PN_MUTEY PN_MUTEX PBUSY0 PERR0 G (IP ERR)
IPBUSY0 IPERR0 RMT0 RESET_RET D_CLK1 D_DATA1
R (IP BUSY)
RG (P ERR) D2306
R (P BUSY)
PN_RST1 G (STOP B) D2302
28 1
ABL
OSD PROCESSOR
67
D14
2
BLK
IC2260 (PDY061A)
CN3271 1
6 B
OSD_V
+5V
IC2001 IP U-com.
R G
CLK 3 +5V OSD_H
RST
5
H V FLD VLD
+5V
ULK_PLL
IC2151 (PE5062A)
7
Sync Process
VD_102
CN3273 4
GAI/GBI
FIFO
γ –1
BA_102 BB_102
OSD MIX
YPbPr ≠ RGB
ASPECT RATIO CONV.
MASK CONT
RAI/RBI
R
GA_102 GB_102
3
CLP1
D13
8bit × 2
RA_102 RB_102
W
TP3409 TP3408 TP3407 TP3406 TP3405
5
TP3413
CLK_102
HD VD
20
8bit × 2
Sharpness Arrange
TP2102 TP2103
1
XCLK 1_2CLK
TP3411 TP3410
To VIDEO ASSY CN2903 A35
B
SGLB
TP3414
D22 CN3405
+3.3V 62M
+3.3V
RGB ≠ YPbPr
R (A)/G (A)/B (A)
16M SGRAM
Y (16bit) Pb (16bit) Pr (16bit)
Y (8bit) Pb (8bit) Pr (8bit)
8 B (A)
R (B)/G (B)/B (B)
To VIDEO ASSY CN2001 A3
IC1951 (UPD4811650GF-A10) 16M SGRAM
IC1801 (PE5067A)
From U-COM ASSY CN3606 E6
Y (8bit) Pb (8bit) Pr (8bit)
IC1901 (PE5066A) IP PROCESSOR
+3.3V
C
+3.3V
(IC#101)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
VACANT +3.3V
D6
(IC#22) W
To Panel U-com
TEM CLK)
A
DATA ARRANGE
R X3201 62MHz OSC
+3.3V
IC2602 (HY58163210TQ-10) 16M SGRAM
DATA CONVERT
+3.3V CONT
IC2603 (HY58163210TQ-10) V 205
(IC#21)
IC2601 (PE5063A) SUB FIELD CONVERSION R
16bit × 2 VLD_A VLD_B FIELD
ASK CONT
3 (IC#22) W
DATA ARRANGE
GA/GB
LUT
Dither
BA/BB
R
+3.3V
IC2702 (HY58163210TQ-10) 16M SGRAM
DATA CONVERT
B +3.3V
H
SYNC CONT
CONT
V
IC2703 (HY58163210TQ-10) IC2701 (PE5063A) SUB FIELD CONVERSION G
TP2154 TP2155
R G 6 B BLK
CLK 3 OSD_H OSD_V
C2260 Y061A)
40
16M SGRAM
RDAT
(IC#22) W
R
ADR BUFFER
40 GDAT BDAT
OSD CESSOR
To ADDRESS MODULE
ABL
γ –1
RA/RB
IC2151 (PE5062A)
16M SGRAM
+3.3V
40
DATA ARRANGE
IC2802 (HY58163210TQ-10)
DATA CONVERT
16M SGRAM
IC2901–IC2910 IC3001–IC3010 IC3301–IC3304 IC3308, IC3309 IC3311, IC3312
+3.3V +3.3V
CONT
IC2801 (PE5063A) SUB FIELD CONVERSION B
50M 8 CD
25 8 24
DRIVE SEQUENCE PATTERN GEN.
ADR/LBLK
C
16M SGRAM
MN (X Drive Gen. Pulse) EF/GH/IJ (Y Drive Gen. Pulse)
D4 CN3256
25M IC3101
X3202 50MHz OSC
(IC#23)
1/2
X DRIVE BUFFER
XSUS-B/U/D/G XPR, XR
SGRAM • READ OUT MASTER CLOCK
TP556 +5V UVP
TP555 +5V OVP
+5V IC3102–IC3104
YSUS-B/U/D/G SI, MSK, CLK, PFS, OE, YNR, YR
To Y DRIVE ASSY CN3751 H1
Q554 TP553 IC551
+12V
REG R)
+
Y DRIVE BUFFER Q605 TP601 IC601 D555 REG
06
+
Q551 Q552
D605
D556 TP603 +3.3V UVP
Q601 Q602
CN3252
D606
Digital P.D.
D9
Q603
02
CN551 D16
+3.3V
Q553
To X DRIVE ASSY CN3402 F9
IC2201 (PE5064A)
IC2803 (HY58163210TQ-10)
TP604 +3.3V OVP
29 5
6
7
8
D
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Waveforms of X DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY Blanking waveform for analog use
I-P H synchronous waveform
CH1: TP3410 (HDIP)
CH1: TP3410 (HD_IP)
CH2: TP3405 (CLP1)
CH2: IC1801 Pin 168 (Hi) –– IC1901 Pin 57
CH3: TP3406 (CLP2)
CH3: IC1901 Pin 55 (Hp) –– IC1801 Pin 170
CH4: TP3407 (HBLK1)
CH4: IC1801 Pin 98 (HD_102)
V : 5V/div H : 10msec/div
I-P V synchronous waveform
H synchronous waveform TP2155 V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
V : 5V/div H : 10msec/div
I-P clock waveform
STOP B waveform
CH1: TP3411 (VD_IP)
CH1: IC1801 Pin 3 (CLK_102)
CH2: IC1801 Pin 167 (Vi) –– IC1901 Pin 58
CH2: IC1901 Pin 239 (CLK_101)
TP2205 V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
CH3: IC1901 Pin 56 (Vp) –– IC1801 Pin 169 CH4: IC1801 Pin 97 (VD_102) V : 1V/div H : 5nsec/div V : 5V/div H : 2msec/div
I-P V synchronous waveform (enlarged) CH1: TP3411 (VD_IP) CH2: IC1801 Pin 167 (Vi) –– IC1901 Pin 58 CH3: IC1901 Pin 56 (Vp) –– IC1801 Pin 169
V synchronous waveform TP2154 V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
ADR resonant control signal waveform CH1: IC3303 Pin11 (ADR_U) CH2: IC3303 Pin12 (ADR_B) CH3: IC3303 Pin13 (ADR_D) V : 5V/div H : 1msec/div
CH4: IC1801 Pin 97 (VD_102) V : 5V/div H : 200msec/div
30
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Address resonant output waveform IC2910 Pin 13 V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
X drive waveform CH1: IC3101 Pin 12 (XSUS_U) CH2: IC3101 Pin 15 (XPR_U)
IC1801 HD input waveform CN3404 Pin 29 (HD_IP), TP3410 V : 1V/div H : 10msec/div
GA input waveform IC1801 Pin 31 (GA_IP (O)) V : 1V/div H : 0.1msec/div
IC1901 clock input waveform CN3404 Pin 26 (CLK_101), TP3413 V : 1V/div H : 20nsec/div
VD input waveform IC2101 Pin 236 (VD_102), TP2102 V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
V : 0.5V/div H : 2msec/div
IC1801 VD input waveform CN3404 Pin 30 (VD_IP), TP3411 V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
GA output waveform IC1801 Pin 121 (GA_102 (O)) V : 1V/div H : 0.1msec/div
HD input waveform IC2101 Pin 235 (HD_102), TP2103 V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
31
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Address control signal IC3304 Pin 11 (LBLK) V : 1V/div H : 2msec/div
Address control signal IC3308 Pin 15 (CLKDUI) V : 1V/div H : 0.1msec/div
Address control signal CN3275 Pin 26 (LEDUI) V : 1V/div H : 0.5msec/div
32
From DIGITAL VIDEO Assy D4
E17
2
From U-COM Assy
1
F7
11 9 7 5 3
3
F6
+5V 1 +12V 3 6 7 XPD 5
F5
VSUS 1 (175V) 2 SUS 3 GND 4
XSUS-B XSUS-V XSUS-D XSUS-G XPR-U
+5V
SUS GND
VSUS (175V)
R3424
IC3404
D3408
K3410 P.D. (X.C.P)
R3435 1 3 5 7
Q3405
+5V
LOGIC BLOCK
SUS-G SUS-U SUS-B SUS-D
8
6
E16
1 2 13
4
5
1
2
Q3406 PD DET.
R3438
IC3403 12
6
3
Q3401–Q3403
12V O. C DET.
SUS-D K3412
SUS-U K3411
SUS-G K3414 SUS-B K3413 IC3404
IC3408 (TC74AC08F)
9
11 10
5 3 4
IC3403 (TC74AC11F)
+RESET BLOCK
C3404
PR-U K3409 R3406
+12V
Q3404
VSUS
R3410 R3411
SUSGND
VSUS/2
VSUS SUSOUT
D3403
14 SUS-G
18 SUS-D
VDD
20 SUS-U
16 SUS-B
VCC
RP-U
SUSGND
VSUS/2
VSUS SUSOUT
PDP Pulse Module IC3405 (STK795-450)
14 SUS-G
18 SUS-D
VDD
20 SUS-U
16 SUS-B
VCC
PDP Pulse Module IC3402 (STK795-450)
32
21 24
1 40 29 26
32
21 24
1 40 29 26
t
SUS GND
VSUS (175V)
SUS GND
VSUS (175V)
175V
t
SUS GND
VSUS
SUS GND
175V 0V
SUS GND
175V 0V
X-PSUS
To PANEL
P-SUS (X)
2
From U-COM Assy
1 3 4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
3.6 X DRIVE ASSY SECTION
A
4
B
C
D
33
D3402
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.7 Y DRIVE ASSY SECTION
IC3602 SI TP3604
5
SCAN (B) ASSY (LOWER)
5
A
SCAN (A) ASSY (UPPER)
IC5V
IC3607
HBLK1 TP3600
H2
H3
SCAN BLOCK VH IC3611
CLK TP3602
5
IC3600 (TC74VHC541FT) 16 4 15 5 14 6 13 7 12 8 11 9
5
IC3604 5
LE TP3605 CLR TP3602
CN3605
44
5
40 38
IC3606 R3614 (TC74VHC541FT) 18 2 3 17 4 16 5 15 6 IC3612 14 7 13 8 12 9 11
36 34 32 30 28
R3619
26 24 22 20 18
From U-COM ASSY E8
IC3613 (PDT043A)
R3636
2 3 4 5 7 8 9 6
IC3612
16
2 3
14 6
R3654 R3655
18 17 13
R3645
11
14 15 16 17 18 13 12 19
+5V +12V DRV PD DC PD +14V –8V
IC3601 (TC74ACT541FT) SUS-B SUS-U SUS-D SUS-G YCP-MSK YSUS-MSK OFS YNR-D
13 14 15 16 17 12 11 18
MUTE
IC3614 (TC74VHC541FT)
CN3701 H5
TP855
TP856
D890
1 3
VFZ+ +
IC5V –8V 14V
VSUS 1 SUS GND 4 VSUS 10 +10V
SUS GND
D852
VSUS
D759 K754 VH OVP
Q752
K751 VH UVP
Q755
VH DC–DC CONV. IC750, IC751 T750
IC3803 7
+
R3820
TP851
D709
K706 D710 VOFS OVP
Q701
VH
D809
D813
OFS BLOCK
VOFS K705
VSUS
VOFS
VOFS DC–DC CONV. IC701, IC702 T700
D700
+ K701
D802 +
Q802 DC–DC CONVERT BLOCK Q805
SUS GND SUS GND
VRN
TP803 VRN (–200V)
34 1
2
Q3804
TP753 PSUS
K804 VRN OVP K801 VRN UVP
R3824 R3825
IC3801
TP751
+
SUS GND
K705 VOFS UVP
5
D753
TP800
D
5
OFS K3756
D763
H4 CN3700
K854 IC5V OVP
IC5V, VF DC–DC CONV. IC850, IC851 T850
R3822 Q3802 R3823
IC3804 + 5V REG.
VFZ–
7 8 5 6 VSUS 175V
From U-COM ASSY E7
SUS-U K3611
IC3605
42
7
C
5
SUS-B K3612
From DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY D8
H1 HBLK1 SI CLK LE CLR HBLK2 LBLK YSUS-B YSUS-U YSUS-D YSUS-G YNR-D YNR-U YSUS-MSK YCP-MSK OFS MUTEY
IC3609
HBLK2 TP3606
PLD & MUTE
B
SI DATA
SUS-G K3604
R3603
IC3610
SUS-D K3603
R3602
IC5V PSUS
3
4
R3826
5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
SUSTAIN BLOCK
A PDP Pulse Module IC3702 (STK795-450)
R3636
VDD1
4 SUS-B
VSUS
9
SUSOUT
7
5 SUS-U D3601
VSUS (175V)
K3703 SUS-OUT 175V 0V
11
VDD2
14 SUS-D 21 SUS-G
VSUS/2
18 16
SUSGND
23
VSS2
SUS GND
SUS GND
R3635
D3606
+5V For Logic Block
PDP Pulse Module IC3609 (STK795-450) VDD1 VSUS
4 SUS-B
+12V O. C DET.
SUSOUT
5 SUS-U
VSUS (175V) 9
B 175V 0V
7 11
R3615
VDD2
PD DET.
Q3601
14 SUS-D 21 SUS-G
K3607 R3618 K3770 YCP-MSK
VSUS/2
18 16
SUSGND
23
VSS2
R3614
SUS GND
SUS GND
Q3604
Q3605 K3606 VCP
R3634
VCP
VCP BLOCK
K3701 PSUS
IC3702 D3701 I + 5V O REG. R3730 G
C
R3822 Q3802 R3823
Q3706
IC3701 7 5 R3705 R3706
IC3703
Q3804 IC3708 R3731 2 7 R3735 4
SUS GND
D3709
7 5 IC3704 5
R3728
5 7
R3710
Q3705
R3718 R3719
R3722 R3723 Q3709
Q3708 D3705
IC3706
D3704
D3708
R3826
R3703 R3724
R3707 R3729
Q3707
5 R3732 R3736
R3708 R3709 Q3703
R3724 R3725
Q3711
5 7
Q3712
R3701
Q3710
YSUS-MSK
R3824 R3825
Q3704
K3758 YSUS-MSK
R3720 R3721
D
IC3707
–RESET BLOCK
R3717
PSUS
IC3705
D3703
To SCAN MODULE Copper Plate
SUSTAIN MASK BLOCK
35 5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Waveforms of X DRIVE Assy, Y DRIVE Assy and SCAN MODULE Sustained waveform
Sustained waveform (1st sub-field)
Sustained waveform
CH1: P.SUS
CH1: X drive waveform K3402 (P. SUS) – K3404 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 200µsec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 200µsec/div.
(portion where sustaining was ended; enlarged) CH2: YSUS-B CH3: YSUS-U CH4: YSUS-D CH5: YSUS-G
TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 500nsec/div. TP3703 (YSUS-B) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 500nsec/div. TP3704 (YSUS_U) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 500nsec/div. TP3705 (YSUS_D) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 500nsec/div. TP3706 (YSUS-G) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 500nsec/div.
Reset Pulse Portion
CH1: X drive waveform K3402 (P. SUS) – K3404 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 5µsec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P. SUS) – TP3713 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 5µsec/div.
Sustained Portion
CH1 –GND CH1
–GND CH2 –GND
CH1 CH2
–GND –GND
CH3 CH4
–GND
CH5
–GND
CH2
–GND
Control waveforms for additional pulses (1 field)
–GND
Sustained waveform (reset pulse portion; enlarged)
Sustained waveform (1 field) CH1: X drive waveform K3402 (P. SUS) – K3404 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 2msec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P. SUS) – TP3713 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 2msec/div.
CH1
CH1: X drive waveform K3402 (P. SUS) – K3404 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 20µsec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P. SUS) – TP3713 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 20µsec/div.
CH1
–GND
CH2
–GND
CH1: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 100V/div., H: 2msec/div. CH2: CP_MSK IC3601 Pin17 (CP_MSK) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 2msec/div. CH3: SUS_MSK IC3601 Pin12 (YSUS_MSK) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 2msec/div. CH4: OFS TP3707 (OFS) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 2msec/div.
CH1
–GND CH2 CH3 CH4
CH2
–GND
–GND
–GND –GND –GND
Control waveforms for additional pulses (1 sub-field; enlarged)
Sustained waveform Sustained waveform (1 field; enlarged)
(portion where sustaining was started; enlarged)
CH1: X drive waveform K3402 (P. SUS) – K3404 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 2µsec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P. SUS) – TP3713 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 2µsec/div
CH1: X drive waveform K3402 (P. SUS) – K3404 (SUS. GND) V : 50V/div., H : 5µsec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P. SUS) – TP3713 (SUS. GND) V : 50V/div., H : 5µsec/div.
CH1: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 200µsec/div. CH2: CP_MSK IC3601 Pin17 (CP_MSK) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 200µsec/div. CH3: SUS_MSK IC3601 Pin12 (YSUS_MSK) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 200µsec/div. CH4: OFS TP3707 (OFS) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 200µsec/div.
CH1 CH1
–GND
CH2
–GND
–GND
CH2 –GND
CH1
–GND
CH2
–GND
CH3
–GND
CH4 –GND
36
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
SCAN IC control waveform (1 sub-field)
CH2: SI CH3: CLK CH4: LBLK
Sustained waveforms
Y-drive sustained waveforms
CH1: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 200µsec/div. TP3604 (SI) – TP3609 (D.GND) TP3601 (CLK) – TP3609 (D.GND) TP3603 (LBLK) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 200µsec/div.
(for 1 field)
(selected pulse portions of waveforms; 1 sub-field)
CH1: SCAN output waveform SCAN IC output – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 2msec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 2msec/div.
CH1: Y drive waveform TP3844 – TP3713 (SUS.GND) CH2: Y drive waveform TP3837 – TP3713 (SUS.GND) CH3: X drive waveform K3402 (P.SUS) – K3404 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 200µsec/div.
–GND
CH1 CH1
CH2
–GND
CH3
–GND
CH4
–GND
SCAN IC control waveforms (enlarged) CH1: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 5µsec/div. CH2: SI CH3: CLK CH4: LBLK
CH1
–GND
CH2
–GND
CH3
–GND
–GND
TP3604 (SI) – TP3609 (D.GND) TP3601 (CLK) – TP3609 (D.GND) TP3603 (LBLK) – TP3609 (D.GND) V: 10V/div., H: 5µsec/div.
CH2
–GND
Sustained waveforms
Sustained waveforms
(selected pulse portions of waveforms; enlarged)
(selected pulse portions of waveforms; 1 sub-field) (enlarged) CH1: Y drive waveform TP3844 – TP3713 (SUS.GND) CH2: Y drive waveform TP3837 – TP3713 (SUS.GND) CH3: X drive waveform K3402 (P.SUS) – K3404 (SUS.GND)
CH1: SCAN output waveform SCAN output – TP3713 (SUS. GND) V: 50V/div., H: 10µsec/div. CH2: Y drive waveform TP3716 (P.SUS) – TP3713 (SUS.GND) V: 50V/div., H: 10µsec/div.
V: 50V/div., H: 20µsec/div.
CH1 CH1
CH2
–GND
CH3
–GND
CH4
–GND
CH1
–GND
CH2
–GND
CH3
–GND
–GND
–GND
CH2
–GND
Waveforms of CABLE Assy Address resonant output waveform
Address resonant control signal waveform
(TP 1001) and midpoint voltage (C1001) (VIDEO input, black display)
(VIDEO input, black display; resonant pulse rate) CH1: ADR-U (IC1007 Pin 2) CH2: ADR-B (IC1007 Pin 4) CH3: ADR-D (IC1010 Pin 1) CH4: ADR-G (IC1009 Pin 1)
1 Field rate V: 2V/div H: 2msec/div 2 Resonant pulse rate V: 2V/div H: 500nsec/div
CH1
1 –GND
2
CH2
CH3
–GND
CH4
V : 2V/div H : 500nsec/div V : 2V/div H : 500nsec/div V : 2V/div H : 500nsec/div V : 2V/div H : 500nsec/div
–GND
–GND
–GND
–GND
37
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.8 UCOM ASSY SECTION 2 3
Jungle IC TB1227BN
PM_ST
37 38 39
∗GRN ∗RED ∗YLW
23
KEY (MONITOR)
LED DRIVE/CONTROL CIRCUIT ∗KEY
MR_KEY (SYSTEM) MR_KEY
CCD/TELTEXT TPU3050
REM_MP
EXPANDER CXA1875AM
SYSTEM CONTROL u-COM.
22
REM
Lo
REM
OSD IC PD0264AM-TFB (PDP-505HD Only)
∗CB_MUTE
20
TXD
54
21 32 14
RXD RTS CTS
56
10
VOL
∗PLL_CE
52
SC_DT (ULK_PLL)
31
59 60 62
∗A_MUTE1 ∗A_MUTE2 A_MUTE3
∗PN_CE
51
63
∗OSD_CE
53
OSD_H
64
VIDEO ASSY
PLD PE9006B
PLL CXA3106A
CLK2 DATA2
RXD/CB OUT RXD
7 8
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
RESET IC PST9146N
RESET_RET
VIDEO ASSY
RESET IC PST9146N
RESET_SU
IP BUSY 41 IP ERR 42
RST_RET
RST_SU
U-COM ASSY
SYNC u-COM HD64F3067
STB 5V RESET IC PST9146N
SMOOTHING CIRCUIT
∗POWER
11
0–5V DC
AUDIO PRE-AMP IC
AUDIO CIRCUIT
DATA2
FULL AUTO ZOOM IC HG62G010R29FB
8 58
CLK2 ∗ZOOM_CE
44
V_MUTE
RGB AMP IC M52337SP
1
S2_DET
S2 DETECT CIRCUIT
4
Y_DETI
Y SIGNAL DETECT CIRCUIT
PN BUSY 5 PN ERR 34 RMT 33
IP u-COM HD64F3067
RS-232C DRIVER/RECEIVER MC145407F
UCOM ASSY
D_CLK D_DATA
PANEL u-COM HD64F3067
POWER SUPPLY ASSY
CONTROL ASSY
47 ∗PN_MUTEX
U-COM ASSY
X DRIVE PLD
X DRIVE ASSY
Y DRIVE PLD
Y DRIVE ASSY
16 48 ∗PN_MUTEY
VPOL_U ∗SU_CE
43 57
74 75 76
S_D TEMP2 TEMP
I_DET DTO_SU REQ_SU PLK_ID
40 9 15 69
61
FAN_MAX
FAN CONTROL BLOCK
POWER 26
35
∗PN_RST
RESET MATRIX IC TC7W08FU
45 17
(E) SCL EP_RST
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
46
(E) SDA
64k E2PROM 24LC64
U-COM ASSY
∗RST
25
38 1
U-COM ASSY
67
∗OSD_CLR
7
D
REMOTE CONTROL SIGNAL CONTROL CIRCUIT
RS-232C CONTROLLER TC74HC00AF
∗PLD_CE
C
IR RECEIVE ASSY
IC3604 (M38869FFAHP)
OSD IC M35070 (35071)
SERIAL CLK/DATA U-COM CONTROLLER ASSY TC74VHC02FT-TBB
REM (MONITOR)
REMOTE CONTROL RECEIVER CIRCUIT
AUDIO AMP ASSY
B
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
3D Y/C SEPA. LSI uPD64081B
REMSW
MEDIA RECEIVER
REM_PM (SYSTEM)
Hi
68
KEY SCAN uCOM. PD5136
VIDEO ASSY
VIDEO ASSY
MATRIX IC CXA2101
M.R. (C.B.) CONNECTION DETECT CIRCUIT
80
U-COM ASSY
SCL SDA
E2PROM 24LC01B
A
2
3
4
UCOM ASSY
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Waveforms of U-COM ASSY 1
IC3602-pin4 (Clock input: X3602) V : 1V/div H : 1msec/div
5
IC3604-pin7 (CLK2) V :2V/div H : 50msec/div IC3604-pin7 (CLK2)(enlarged) V :2V/div H : 20msec/div
6
IC3604-pin8 (DATA2) V :2V/div H : 50msec/div IC3604-pin8 (CLK2)(enlarged) V :2V/div H : 20msec/div
5
11
–GND
-
enlarged
1 6
–GND
5
–GND
6
–GND
IC3604-pin28 (Clock input: X3601) V :2V/div H : 50nsec/div
10MHz IC3602-pin19 (Key code output) V :2V/div H : 100msec/div IC3602-pin19 (enlarged) (Key code output) V :2V/div H : 10msec/div
enlarged
–GND
–GND
IC3604-pin2 (SCL) V :5V/div H : 50msec/div
4
IC3604-pin3 (SDA) V :5V/div H : 50msec/div
13
IC3612-pin10 (D_CLK) V :2V/div H : 100msec/div IC3612-pin10 (D_CLK)(enlarged) V :2V/div H : 20msec/div
9
IC3604-pin46 ((E)SDA) V :2V/div H : 200msec/div IC3604-pin46 ((E)SDA)(enlarged) V :2V/div H : 50msec/div
13
IC3612-pin13 (D_DATA) V :2V/div H : 100msec/div IC3612-pin13 (D_DATA)(enlarged) V :2V/div H : 20msec/div
8
–GND
=
–GND
9
–GND
~
–GND
8
–GND
=
–GND
9
–GND
~
–GND
10
3
-
4
enlarged
3
IC3604-pin45 ((E)SCL) V :2V/div H : 200msec/div IC3604-pin45 ((E)SCL)(enlarged) V :2V/div H : 50msec/div
enlarged
2
8
enlarged
2
IC3604-pin23 (KEY) V :2V/div H : 100msec/div IC3604-pin23 (KEY)(enlarged) V :2V/div H : 10msec/div
–GND
–GND
39
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Pin Function Pin No. 1
Name
Function
Operation of Terminals (during power on)
I/O PDP- PDP- PDP502MX 502MXE 505HD
S2_DET
S2 Signal detection
0–1.3V: Normal, 1.4–2.4V: Letter Box, 2.5–5V: Squeeze
I
OPTION
Option Video Box detection
High: non existence, Low: existence of Video Box
I
0–5V clock signal: always communicating when power on
O
2
SCL
I2C-BUS
3
SDA
I2C-BUS Data
0–5V clock signal: always communicating when power on I/O
Result of Y signal detection
High: Y Signal detected, Low: Y Signal not detected
I
BUSY signal from Panel U-Com
High: In exchanging input functions, Low: Normal
I
Clock
4
V_DETI
5
PN_BUSY
6
–––––
No allocation(not used)
7
CLK2
Clock output for Serial 3 lines
0–5V clock signal: always communicating when power on
O
8
DATA2
Data output for Serial 3 lines
0–5V serial signal: always communicating when power on (both-way communication with Full Auto Zoom IC )
O
Serial data input from SYNC u-com
High: Normal, 0–5V serial signal: During communication
I
Audio volume output
PWM output
O
Reset Signal from Digital Video Assy (Panel u-com and IP u-com)
High: Normal, Low: In Reset
I
9
DTO_SU
10
VOL
11
RST RET
12
–––––
No allocation (not used)
13
–––––
No allocation (not used)
14
CTS
15
REQ_SU
Not used Request to read detected frequency from SYNC u-com
High: Normal, Low: In requesting
I
16
RST_SU
Reset Signal from SYNC u-com
High: Normal, Low: In resetting
I
High: In resetting, Low: Normal
O
E2PROM
17
EP_RST
Reset output to
18
BUSY2
Not used
19
SCL2
Not used
20
TXD
RS-232C sending data
0–5V serial signal
O
21
RXD
RS-232C receiving data
0–5V serial signal
I
22
REM
Remote Control unit signal input
High: Normal, 0–5V serial signal: In input from Remote Control unit
I
23
KEY
Key Matrix, Key of the unit input
High: Normal, 0–5V serial signal: In Key input
I
24
CNVSS
Controlling operation mode of u-com of the unit
Low: Normal
I
25
*RST
Reset input
High: Normal, Low: In Reset
I
26
POWER
Power on/off
High: When power on, Low: In Stand-by
O
27
–––––
No allocation (not used)
28
X_IN
Clock input
10 MHz sine wave
I
29
X_OUT
Clock output
10 MHz sine wave
O
30
VSS
Power supply terminal
STB GND
I
31
SC_DT Detecting SYNC Signal output from Analog High: existence of Sync signal, Low: non existence (ULK_PLL) Assy to Digital Assy
32
RTS
Not used
33
RMT
Signal of request to quit sending commands from Panel u-com
34
I
Low: Normal
I
PN_ERR
Communication error signal from Panel u-com Low: Normal
I
35
*PN_RST
Reset signal output to Panel u-com & IP u-com High: Normal, Low: In Reset
O
36
–––––
No allocation (not used)
37
*GRN
Green LED lighting
Low: In lighting Green LED
O
38
*RED
Red LED lighting
Low: In lighting Red LED
O
40
–– ––
––
––
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Pin No.
Name
39
*YLW
Yellow LED lighting
40
I_DET
Not used
41
IP_BUSY
42 43 44
V_MUTE
Analog video mute output
High: When muting, Low: Normal
O
45
(E) SCL
I2C-BUS Clock for E2PROM
High: Normal, 0–5V clock signal: During communication
I/O
46
(E) SDA
I2C-BUS Data for E2PROM
Function
Operation of Terminals (during power on)
I/O PDP- PDP- PDP502MX 502MXE 505HD
Low: In lighting Yellow LED
O
BUSY signal from IP u-com
High: At the timing of VD SYNC
I
IP_ERR
Communication error signal from IP u-com
Low: Normal
I
VPOL_U
Not used
High: Normal, 0–5V serial signal: During communication I/O
47 *PN_MUTEX X Drive Panel mute output
High: Normal, Low: When muting
O
48 *PN_MUTEY Y Drive Panel mute output
Fixed "High"
O
49
*V_STDO
Not used
50
STDSW
Not used
51
*PN_CE
Chip Enable for Panel u-com & IP u-com
High: Normal, Low: During communication
O
52
*PLL_CE
Chip Enable for PLL IC
High: Normal, Low: During communication (Approx.80ms interval)
O
53
*OSD_CE
Chip Enable for OSD IC
High: Normal, Low: During communication
O
54
HPOL_U
Not used
55
PGM_OE
Not used
56
*PLD_CE
Chip Enable for PLD (Analog Video Assy)
High: Normal, Low: During communication (Approx.80ms interval)
O
57
*SU_CE
Chip Enable for SYNC u-com
High: Normal, Low: During communication
O
58 *ZOOM_CE Chip Enable for Full Auto Zoom IC
High: Normal, Low: During communication
O
59 *A_MUTE1 Audio Mute 1
High: Normal, Low: When muting
O
–– ––
60 *A_MUTE2 Audio Mute 2 Muting audio out
High: Normal, Low: When muting
O
61
FAN_MAX
Command to rotate Fan with max. speed
High: In setting Fan max. speed, Low: Normal
O
62
A_MUTE3
Audio Mute 3 Mute in suspending
––
––
––
––
High: When muting, Low: Normal
O
––
63 *OSD_CLR Reset signal output to OSD IC
High: Normal, Low: In resetting
O
––
64
OSD_H
Pulse input
I
65
–––––
66
DRV_OFF
High: When ID is set, Low: Normal
O
I
OSD Timing Pulse for SYNC processing
––
––
No allocation (Not used) Not used
67 *CB_MUTE Combination Mute 68
REMSW
Not used
69
PLK_ID
Not used
70
–––––
71
VCC
Power source input
STB +5V
72
VREF
Reference voltage input of AD/DA Converters
STB +5V
I
73
AVSS
Analog power input of AD/DA Converters
STBGND
I
Shut down detection for high temperature
High: In high temperature, Low: Normal
I
0–5V DC value
I
––
No allocation (not used)
74
S_D
75
TEMP2
Not used
76
TEMP
Temperature detection for On screen bar display
77
–––––
No allocation (Not used)
78
–––––
No allocation (Not used)
79
–––––
No allocation (Not used)
80
PM_ST
Not used
41
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.9 MAIN POWER ASSY SECTION 1
L133
D132
2
1 2
3 Q201 SW Tr (2SK2847)
R154
Q136
VADR VSUS SEQUENCE
D150
R167 R131 R132
R253
Q186
Error AMP Q301 SW Tr (2SK2847)
D186 R189
D191 Q185
R316
3
AC OFF DET
D113
D402
D401
R347
Lo V VADR SEQUENCE
D185
Q401
Q183 D188
4
R406 D463
R363
R426
R364 R385
1
D437 Y DRV PD
D407 Main PWR PD
D408 AC200V PD
3
D405
PFC STOP PD UVP PD
ASSY 1
4
2
3 OVP POWER
42 2
3
Q408
D413
+
D412
To U-COM
UVP MUTE at P.ON
Q406
Q407
D439 Y DCDC PD
R410 Q425
D441 X DRV PD
D446
D447
D433 Audio Digital PD
R415
1
Error AMP
STB +12V
D P1
Comp
POWER Down Detection Block
P.ON:Lo POWER
STB+5V
R123
D458
7
14V
D457
STB +12V
5
4
RCC CONT
IC401 PFC STOP DET
R113
P.OFF:Hi
R121
Q351
R156
D406
D117
IC113
IC181
D115
RY131
VR111 +5V Adj
1
3
14V
Q111
D459
1
SW Tr (2SK2847)
Mute
Q439
SW111
D118
2
Q352
ON /OFF SW103
1
TP111 STB+5V
R122
DRV & UVP MUTE
2 Q437
AC100V (PDP-502MX) AC200V (PDP-502MXE)
1 Error AMP
Trig (-V)
D445
4
STBY POWER
C
3
Comp
+B
Q402
IC112
2
7
D183
STBY TRANS
IC111 5 SW 3 IC
5
4
RCC CONT
R185
D112
D461
D116
R312
DRV ON/OFF
R190
TP112
T111 ATK1133
2
1
+B
P.ON:Lo
+
2
D189
B
4
3
Comp
+B
D111
RCC CONT
R232
Q131
R155
D138
D151
7 IC131 Power 6 Factor Correction 5
+B OVP
3
5
4
R184
3
Q134
D190
8
1
Q132
R140 R166
+B Adj VR131
C202 +
R165
4
4
D414
RY101
R139
A
1
AEK1071 FU101
In rush R TP131 R133 +B (380V) R134 R168
D131
POWER FACTOR CONTROL
5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
VSUS Discharging R R228 R227 R226 R262 R263 R264
D202
R463
4
OTL CONT (A) ASSY
2
R436
5
P6
DisCharge Q207, Q206 Q205,
12
2 One Shot IC304
mp 1
VADR TRANS
2
3
3
4
IC301
2
VR301 VADR Adj
OTL CONT (B) ASSY
ADR GND
R440 R441
5
Q417
Q304
Q416
TP351 A.GND -8V TP352 +8V
-8V 8V
D305 Vadr up
IC302 Trig (-V)
VADR OVP
2 14V
12V 1
D432
8V
2
2
1
3
IC351
2
4 1
Q422 R358
-8V UVP
Q420
OTL CONT (C) ASSY
14V UVP
14V OVP -8V
14V
Trig (-V)
D355 14V up
IC352 IC402
R360
14V UVP OVP
R357
VR356 14V Adj
STB +12V
R444
R443
8V
R358
14V
C
TP353 +12V
D434
8V UVP
R356
1 Error AMP
14V 3
5
One Shot IC354
D352
Comp
3
D356
7
1
R493
3
D373
D431
-8V
R445
5
4
CC CONT
Q419
D429
D453
Q435
3
P4
R490 R491
D451
D.GND 12V Q421 UVP
SW Tr (2SK2847)
11
14V
R451
+
Q354
R447
Q351
1
6 D.GND
12V 12V
7 5
TP355 +14V
B
IC404
1
T351 ATK1130
11
6
D449
3
R306 R348
1
D427
VADR UVP
R315 3
R364
14V UP
D428
+
Q302
TP301 VADR (60V)
D205 VSUS UP
D206
60V
8
VADR OVP
UVP MUTE Q212 Q213
D302
R385
D422
Q416
Mute T301 ATK1129
7 ADR GND
5
VSUS UVP
R208
1
4
2
7
To UCOM ASSY
1
Error AMP
IC201
3
SUS GND
D421
SUS GND
VSUS TRANS 1
IC202
3
VR201 VSUS Adj
Q415
To ANALOG VIDEO ASSY
2
6
R210
3
6
R437
5
One Shot IC204
10V
IC405
R268
3
IC403
R462
1
5
R461
R206
T201 ATK1128
A
2
VSUS+10V
VSUS TRANS
r
P5 1
+
Q201 SW Tr (2SK2847)
4
TP201 VSUS (170V)
D212
170V Q202
4
D213
To UCOM ASSY
T202 ATK1128
-8V
1 2
9 7
UVP Q408
14V
D413 4
5 3
D414
+
2 D.GND
To UCOM ASSY
10
3
R424
Q407
UVP MUTE at P.ON
1 12V P3
43 5
6
7
8
D
2
2
SENS A
3
61
76
3
1
1
K3952 SENS A
K3954 SD
+10V REG
IC3951 PQ20VZIU
R3971
3
Q3952
2 –
Q3959
1
IC3954
10V REG
3 +
0.7V DC GENE
Q3960
6.5VDC
+ 5 – 6
S.D DET
7
IC3954
Q3966 D3959
E27
E2
Q3953 FAN MAX CONT
D3952
D3951 4.5V DC VOL GENE FAN MIN
– +
REG
44
4
30degC
Vo 3
Vo 3
S.D = Caution display for 30 sec.
MIN
FAN SPEED 45degC (MAX)
6.04V 6.08V 13.28V 16.58V STOP 4.45V 5.22V 5.55V 6.46V
MIN 30.0 43.0 45.0 50 (S.D)
REG
IC3956 PQ20VZIU VIN 4 Vad
1
1 VIN 4 Vad
FAN IC3954 Pin1 Out DRV TP
+14V_FAN1 ENV. TEMP
IC3953
IC3952 PQ20VZIU
K3951 FAN DRV
FAN AXM1036
FAN AXM1036
FAN AXM1036
FAN AXM1036
3
U-COM ASSY AWZ6499 (PDP-502MX) AWZ6520 (PDP-502MXE)
FAN MAX
ShutDown
TEMP SENS
IC3604 SYSTEM CONT U-COM
SENSOR (A) ASSY AWZ6501
R4151 IC4101 LM50CIM3-TLB
TEMP SENS
1
10VREG
P1
From Power +14V 7 Supply assy
Q3962
1
2
D3953
D Q3951
C Q3957
B
Q3958
A
Q3954
1 4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE 3.10 FAN CONTROL SECTION
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
45
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
6. ADJUSTMENT SERVICE FACTORY MODE Perform the operations of Service factory mode using the remote control unit provided with thePDP-501HD (CU-PD001: AXD1432) or the remote control unit provided with the PDP-502HD (CU-PDP009: AXD1673).
Entering Service Factory Mode POWER
Normal Operation Mode (Standby) "Menu" key ‘ ∗"Power" key
MENU
SET MUTE
"Menu" key SOUND VOLUME
"Menu" key ‘ "Set" key ‘ ∗"Power" key
within 3 seconds
within 3 seconds
Integrator Mode (refer to Technical Manual)
∗CU-PDP009 has two "Power" keys. In Service factory Mode, use the "Power" key located on the upper left of the remote control unit. Service Factory Mode SERVICE mode
Displaying version of the system micro computer. Displaying type and format of detected input signal. Displaying the frequency/the number of lines of input signal.
"MUTE" key
CU-PDP001 (AXD1432)
RANGE CHECK mode "MUTE" key
"MUTE" key
PICUTRE mode
POWER
REFERENCE 1…… "1" key REFERENCE 2…… "2" key VIDEO BOX ……… "3" key "MUTE" key
INITIALIZE mode
SOUND VOLUME
MUTE
SUB VIDEO………… "1" key + "SET" key DRIVE ADJ………… "9" key + "SET" key
Mode for checking operations of each device at video section, by changing its adjustment value to maximum and to minimum. This mode is not used for repair service. "1" and "2" keys: Mode for adjusting video section (Independent for each signal type and format) "3" key: Mode for adjusting video box (PDA-5001) (PDP-502MXE only) Mode for each setting Drive section adjustment Pulse/ABL adjustment Sub video section adjustment (Common value to all input signal)
MENU
In each adjustment mode, adjusted values can be changed with +/– of "SOUND VOLUME" key on the remote control unit. After adjustment, adjusted values can be fixed by pressing "SET" key.
SET
CU-PDP009 (AXD1673)
46
Note) When an input signal mode is changed, the adjustment mode is set to Normal operation mode automatically. SETTING (PC/VIDEO) and SIGNAL (RGB/COMPONENT) can not be changed in the service factory mode. When entering Service factory mode, all items of PICTURE adjustment in Normal menu/ Integrator mode and all items of SCREEN menu (such as position adj.), except for CLK Phase, are reset to their initial value.
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
SERVICE MODE Version of the system micro computer P D 5 5 3 1 – 0 1 (502MX) P D 5 5 4 9 ! 0 4 (502MXE)
Signal mode discrimination of current input signal
PD5531–01
N: NTSC P: PAL S: SECAM 4: 4.43 NTSC
MODE 06–A/N
FH : 1 5 . 7K H Z FV : 60 . 0 HZ L I NE : 4 8 0 L I N E
Input format
None: RGB /: Video/S Video +: Component ! : SCART RGB (502MXE only)
Screen size (refer to List of Signal Modes) Current input signal’s Horizontal frequency Vertical frequency The number of total lines
Input signal mode (refer to List of Signal Modes)
List of Signal Modes Holizontal Vertical Frequency Frequency Fh (Hz) Fv (Hz) 50.0
15.625K
31.3K
56.0
Input Signal Dot ∗ Line
Signal Mode
OSD
Remarks
VIDEO
PAL
––
01-6
984 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
01-6 – 01-A : RGB
SECAM
––
01-7
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
01-6+ – 01-A+: Y color-difference 06-6/ – 06-A/: Video/S Video
PAL-N (502MX only)
––
01-8
±
ZOOM
NTSC-50
––
01-9
±
CINEMA WIDE
SCART RGB (50Hz) (502MXE only)
––
01-A
Double-speed PAL
––
02-6
± 984 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
02-6 – 02-A: RGB
––
02-7
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
02-6+ – 02-A+: Y color-difference
––
02-8
±
ZOOM
––
02-9
±
CINEMA WIDE
––
02-A
± 1280 ∗ 768
24.8K
640 ∗ 400 (PC-98)
03-2
––
35.2K
800 ∗ 600 (SVGA 56Hz)
04-0
––
04-1
––
04-2
––
05-2
––
45.1K
Panel Display Dot ∗ Line
PC
1280 ∗ 768 (WIDE-XGA)
800 ∗ 600 1024 ∗ 768 1280 ∗ 768 1280 ∗ 768
01-6! – 01-A!: SCART RGB NATURAL WIDE (502MXE only)
NATURAL WIDE FULL
FULL display only
ORIGINAL
(VESA: 35.156k/56.250)
4:3 NORMAL FULL ORIGINAL
Exclusive video card No 4:3 squeeze display
60.0
15.734K
NTSC
––
06-6
984 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
06-6 – 06-A: RGB
4.43NTSC
––
06-7
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
06-6+ – 06-A+: Y color-difference 06-6/ – 06-A/: Video/S Video
PAL-M (502MX only)
––
06-8
±
ZOOM
PAL-60
––
06-9
±
CINEMA WIDE
SECAM-60
––
06-A
±
07-0
––
07-1
––
07-2
––
06-6! – 06-A!: SCART RGB NATURAL WIDE (502MXE only)
SCART RGB (60Hz) (502MXE only) SDTV16:9 (704 ∗ 480 i ) SDTV 4:3 (704 ∗ 480 i ) SDTV 4:3 (640 ∗ 480 i ) 31.5K 32.0K
640 ∗ 480 (VGA) 852 ∗ 480 (WIDE-VGA) 864 ∗ 480 (WIDE-VGA)
640 ∗ 480 1024 ∗ 768
ORIGINAL
PC setting
4:3NORMAL
(VESA: 31.469k/59.940)
––
07-6
1280 ∗ 768 984 ∗ 768
SDTV16:9 (704 ∗ 480 p ) SDTV 4:3 (704 ∗ 480 p )
––
07-7
1280 ∗ 768
––
07-8
SDTV 4:3 (640 ∗ 480 p )
––
07-9
––
07-A
±
NATURAL WIDE
Double-speed NTSC
FULL 4:3NORMAL
VIDEO setting
FULL
07-6 – 07-A: RGB
±
ZOOM
07-6+ – 07-A+: Y color-difference
±
CINEMA WIDE
47
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Holizontal Vertical Frequency Frequency Fh (Hz) Fv (Hz) 60.0
33.8K
Input Signal Dot ∗ Line
Signal Mode PC
VIDEO
Panel Display Dot ∗ Line
––
08-7
1280 ∗ 768
Hi-Vision INTERLACE (1080 i )
––
09-7
Hi-Vision INTERLACE (1035 i )
OSD FULL (HD)
HDTV16:9 (1920 ∗ 1080 i )
Remarks 08-7+: Y color-difference 08-7: RGB
37.9K
800 ∗ 600 (SVGA)
0A-0
––
800 ∗ 600
ORIGINAL
38.0K
1072 ∗ 600 (WIDE-SVGA)
0A-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3NORMAL
45.0K
HDTV16:9 (1280 ∗ 720 p )
0A-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
––
0B-7
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (HD)
(VESA: 37.879k/60.317)
0B-7+: Y color-difference 0B-7: RGB
48.4K
1024 ∗ 768 (XGA)
0C-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
ORIGINAL
48.4K
1280 ∗ 768
0C-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
ORIGINAL
No 4:3 squeeze display
48.0K
1376 ∗ 768 (WIDE-XGA)
0C-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
Switches by the menu
53.7K
1152 ∗ 864
0D-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
0D-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
0E-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
0E-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
60.0K 64.0K
1280 ∗ 960 1280 ∗ 1024 (SXGA)
64.3K 64.6K 67.5K
Hi-Vision PROGRESSIVE (1035 p)
0F-1
––
960 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
0F-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
0F-3
––
1280 ∗ 768
ZOOM
––
10-7
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (HD)
HDTV16:9 (1920 ∗ 1080 p ) 75.0K
1600 ∗ 1200 (UXGA)
11-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
12-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
640 ∗ 480 (Macintosh 13)
14-0
––
640 ∗ 480
ORIGINAL
14-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
14-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
640 ∗ 400 (PC-H98)
10-7+: Y color-difference
(VESA: 81.250k/65.000)
1600 ∗ 1200 (UXGA)
35.0K
31.5K
Trimming display
(VESA: 75.000k/60.000)
81.3K
1152 ∗ 900 (SUN LO)
(VESA: 63.981k/60.020)
4:3 (TYPE)
66.7
62.0K
(VESA: 60.000k/60.000)
10-7: RGB
65.0
70.1
(VESA: 48.363k/60.004)
13-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
13-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
15-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
Mode for SUN (UNIX) 720 ∗ 400 can be displayed (Data amount drops)
56.5K
72.0
1024 ∗ 768
ORIGINAL
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
(VESA: 56.476k/70.069)
1600 ∗ 1200 (UXGA)
17-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
(VESA: 87.500k/70.000)
640 ∗ 480 (VGA)
18-0
––
640 ∗ 480
ORIGINAL
(VESA: 37.861k/72.809)
18-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
18-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
37.5K
46.9K
48
–– ––
37.9K
64.9K
(74.6)
16-1 16-2
87.5K
48.1K
75.0
1024 ∗ 768 (XGA)
49.7K
800 ∗ 600 (SVGA)
1152 ∗ 864 640 ∗ 480 (VGA)
800 ∗ 600 (SVGA)
832 ∗ 624 (Macintosh 16)
19-0
––
800 ∗ 600
ORIGINAL
19-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
19-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
1A-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
1A-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
1C-0
––
640 ∗ 480
ORIGINAL
1C-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
1C-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
1D-0
––
800 ∗ 600
ORIGINAL
1D-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 NORMAL
1D-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
1E-0
––
832 ∗ 624
ORIGINAL
1E-1
––
1024 ∗ 748
4:3 NORMAL
1E-2
––
1280 ∗ 748
FULL
(VESA: 48.077k/72.188)
(VESA:37.500k/75.000)
(VESA:46.875k/75.000)
4:3/FULL = Top & bottom are masked
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Holizontal Vertical Frequency Frequency Fh (Hz) Fv (Hz)
Input Signal Dot ∗ Line
Signal Mode PC
VIDEO
Panel Display Dot ∗ Line
OSD
Remarks
75.0
60.0K
1024 ∗ 768 (XGA)
1F-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
ORIGINAL
(VESA: 60.023k/75.029)
(74.9)
60.2K
1024*768 (Macintosh 19)
1F-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
74.9/60.2K.......MAC
67.7K
1152 ∗ 864
20-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
(VESA: 67.500k/75.000)
20-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
(75.1) (76.1)
85.0
68.7K 71.7K
1152 ∗ 900 (SUN HI)
80.0K
1280 ∗ 1024 (SXGA)
81.0K
1600 ∗ 1024 (WIDE-SXGA)
43.3K
640 ∗ 480 (VGA)
53.7K
68.7K
87.0
1152 ∗ 870 (Macintosh 21)
800 ∗ 600 (SVGA)
1024 ∗ 768 (XGA)
21-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
21-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
2A-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
2A-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
22-1
––
960 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
(VESA: 79.976k/75.025) (VESA: 43.269k/85.008)
23-0
––
640 ∗ 480
ORIGINAL
23-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
4:3NORMAL
23-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
24-0
––
800 ∗ 600
ORIGINAL
(VESA: 53.674k/85.061)
24-1
––
1024 ∗ 720
4:3NORMAL
24-2
––
1280 ∗ 720
FULL
4:3/FULL = Top & bottom are masked (VESA: 68.677k/84.997)
25-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
ORIGINAL
25-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL
91.1K
1280 ∗ 1024 (SXGA)
26-1
––
960 ∗ 768
4:3 (TYPE)
(VESA: 91.146k/85.024)
35.5K
1024 ∗ 768 (XGA)
27-1
––
1024 ∗ 768
ORIGINAL (TYPE)
27-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
(VESA: 35.522k/43.479 INTERLACED)
28-2
––
1280 ∗ 768
FULL (TYPE)
INTERLACE 46.4K
1280 ∗ 1024 (SXGA)
49
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Items to adjust and set value in Each Adjustment mode PICUTRE mode
Current menu
PICTURE mode has three menus, "REFERENCE 1", "REFERENCE 2" and "VIDEO BOX". Press "1" key on the remote control unit to enter "REFERENCE 1", press "2" key on the remote control unit to enter "REFERENCE 2" and press "3" key on the remote control unit to enter "VIDEO BOX". For "VIDEO BOX" mode , refer to the service manual ARP3038 for PDA-5001/ZYVLPK Do not operate keys that have no parameters applied to the current input signal mode.
REFERENCE1
Input signal
MODE 06–A/N
Adjustment parameter Setting value CONTRAST
:160
REFERENCE 1 mode Adjustment mode independent of input signal format / Data stored in EEPROM of U-COM ASSY Remote Control Key
Adjustment Parameter
Setting Value Adjusting & Setting Item
1
CONTRAST
2
BRIGHT
Brightness adjustment
3
COLOR
Color adjustment
4
TINT
5
H. SHARP H. ENHANCE
6
DETAIL
7
R HIGH
8
G HIGH
9
B HIGH
10
R LOW
11
G LOW
12 BS5
Contrast adjustment
Tint adjustment (C.Video signal input only)
C. VIDEO/YC SCART RGB COMPONENT RGB VIDEO PC NTSC PAL SECAM 4.43NT RGB60RGB50 STD × 2 HDTV STD × 2 HDTV Adjustment required Adjustment required
Horizontal sharpness setting (Video signal input) 128 140 140 128 128 140 113 128 128 128 128 128 –– Horizontal sharpness setting (PC signal input)
––
Detail setting
128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128
White Balance adjustment
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
–– 128
Adjustment required
B LOW V. SHARP V. ENHANCE
Vertical sharpness setting (Video signal input) Vertical sharpness setting (PC signal input)
128 140 140 128 128 140 113 128 128 128 128 128 –– ––
––
––
––
––
––
BS9
ABL LEV OFFSET ABL Level offset adjustment
Adjustment required (note 2)
BS11
PLS NUM OFFSET Pulse number offset adjustment
8
8
8
8
8
8
––
––
––
––
––
–– 128
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
SCART RGB: PDP-502MXE Only
REFERENCE 2 mode Adjustment mode independent of input signal format / Data stored in EEPROM of VIDEO ASSY Setting Value
Remote Control Key
Adjustment Parameter
1
R-Y/R
6(10) 11(13) 11(13) 6(10) 10
13
6
6
6
6
6
6
––
2
R-Y/B
12(15) 14(15) 14(15) 12(15) 15
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
––
3
G-Y/R
4
G-Y/B
Adjusting & Setting Item
Matrix demodulation angle setting (Video signal input only)
C. VIDEO/YC SCART RGB COMPONENT RGB VIDEO PC NTSC PAL SECAM 4.43NT RGB60 RGB50 STD × 2 HDTV STD × 2 HDTV
7 9(10) 9(10) 8
6(4)
6(4)
7
10
10
7
7
10
7
7
10
––
8
5
4
8
8
5
8
8
5
––
9
ENHANCER MAIN
0(0) 0(0)
0(0) 0(0)
0
0
0
0
0
0(0) 0(0)
0
––
10
ENHANCER V
0(0) 0(0)
0(0) 0(0)
0
0
0
0
0
0(0) 0(0)
0
––
11
ENHANCER M
0(0) 0(0)
0(0) 0(0)
0
0
0
0
0
0(0) 0(0)
0
––
12
ENHANCER H
0(0) 0(0)
0(0) 0(0)
0
0
0
0
0
0(0) 0(0)
0
––
BS5
R-Y LEVEL
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
BS7
B-Y LEVEL
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
BS9
Y DELAY
BS11
CTI LEVEL
Sharpness setting
Color-difference adjustment (INPUT 1, 2 only)(502MX only) Y delay setting (INPUT 1, 2 only)(502MX only) Color transient setting (INPUT 1, 2 only)
Adjustment required 1
0
3
4
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
1(2)
2
2
2
2
2
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
SCART RGB: PDP-502MXE Only, (
Note 1) For Parameter , adjustment values are fixed. Note 2) If unnecessarily adjusted, power consumption of the unit is changed and the panel is damaged. Adjust only in case of necessity. 50
): PDP-502MXE
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
INITIALIZE mode (Common for all input signal types and formats) Input Signal
Current Menu INITIALISE
MODE 06–A/N
SUB VIDEO
Remote Control Key
Adjustment Parameter
Adjusting & Setting Item
Setting Value
1
SUB VIDEO
Go to SUB VIDEO adjustment menu with "SET" key
–––
2
MIRROR MODE (502MX only)
3
FULL MASK
4
COLOR DETECT (502MX only)
5
Adjustment Table or Parameter
6
OFF XY
Setting Mirror mode
X Y
Setting Full mask display OFF
OFF OFF
ON
EURO
Setting Color detecting ALL
EURO mode
SA
HOUR METER (502MX only) Displaying operation hour meter BAUD RATE (502MX only)
7
EEPROM INIT.
8
MASK CONTROL
1200
Setting Baud rate
19200
––– 2400 .......
4800
Initializing EEPROM (Do not use)
–––
Setting Original /4:3 displaying area motion mode.
ON
OFF
ON
9
DRIVE ADJ
Go to DRIVE adjustment menu with "SET" key
–––
11
INTE. MODE
Setting Integrator mode lock/ free
ON
LOCK ON
BS5
FINAL SET UP
FREE
Setting to default factory setting with "SET" key (refer to Details of FINAL SETUP)
–––
SUB VIDEO mode (Common for all input signal types and formats) Input Signal
Current Menu SUB VIDEO
MODE 06–A/N
Remote Control Key
Adjustment Parameter
1
SUB CONTRAST
2
SUB CONTRAST
:
32
Setting Value
Adjustment Parameter
SUB BRIGHT
Adjusting & Setting Item
Setting Value
Sub Contrast adjustment (except for PC)
Adjustment required
Sub Brightness adjustment (except for PC) Adjustment required
3
SUB TINT (502MX only) Sub Tint setting (except for PC)
64
8
PULSE NUMBER (502MX only) Base pulse number adjustment (note)
8
9
ABL LEVEL (502MX only) ABL Level value adjustment (note)
BS5
ACL SW
BS11
D RANGE SW
128
ACL setting
OFF
ON
ON
Dynamic Range setting
OFF
ON
OFF
Note ) If unnecessarily adjusted, power consumption of the unit is changed and the panel is damaged. Adjust only in case of necessity.
DRIVE ADJ mode (Common for all input signal types and formats) Input Signal
Current Menu DRIVE ADJ
MODE 06–A/N
Remote Control Key
Adjustment Parameter
1
X-SUS-B
2
X-SUS-G
Adjusting & Setting Item
Setting Value Adjustment required 8
Sustain Drive Pulse adjustment
X–SUS–B
Adjustment Parameter
:
15
Setting Value
3
Y-SUS-B
Adjustment required
4
Y-SUS-G
8
10
R SIDE LEVEL
100
11
G SIDE LEVEL
Side Mask color/level setting
97
12
B SIDE LEVEL
100
BS5
R FULL LEVEL
255
BS7
G FULL LEVEL
BS9
B FULL LEVEL
Full Mask color/level setting
255 255
51
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Details of FINAL SETUP ( Factory default setting) Item
Default Setting
Power(STAND-BY/ON)
STANDBY
Input function
INPUT1 (502MX), INPUT3 (502MXE)
Displaying size
NATURAL WIDE (PC 1) ORIGINAL (including TYPE) (PC 2) 4: 3NORMAL (including TYPE) (PC 3) FULL (including TYPE)
V. POSITION
Remarks
(On video signal input) For each input function (On PC signal input) For INPUT 3, 4 ∩ each signal mode The priority order is 1 = 2 = 3
0
(On video signal input)
For each input function
0
(On "mode0F-3" input)
For each INPUT 3, 4
KEYLOCK
UNLOCK
Common for all input functions
VOLUME
0
Common for all input functions
MUTING
OFF
Common for all input functions
PICTURE
Center value for all adjustment items
For each input function ∩ each signal mode
SCREEN
Center value for all adjustment items
For each input function ∩ each signal mode
(VIDEO)
OFF
(On video signal input) Common for all input functions
(PC)
OFF
(On PC signal input) Common for INPUT 3, 4
COLOR SYSTEM
AUTO
For each INPUT 1, 2
3D Y/C MODE (502MX only)
MOTION
For only INPUT 1
SETTING/SIGNAL
PC/RGB
For each INPUT 3, 4
CLAMP
MODE1
(On RGB signal input) For each INPUT 3, 4
HIGH CONTRAST
OFF
(On video signal input) Common for all input functions
ABL
ON
(On PC signal input) For each INPUT 3, 4
H. ENHANCE
Center value
(On PC signal input) For each INPUT 3, 4
V. ENHANCE
Center value
(On PC signal input) For each INPUT 3, 4
PICTURE
Adjustment values for all adjustment items
POWER SAVE
Memory cleared for PC For each input function ∩ each signal mode
WHITE BALANCE
Adjustment values for all adjustment items
Memory cleared for PC For each input function ∩ each signal mode
SCREEN SIDE MASK
Center value for all adjustment items R LEVEL
100
G LEVEL
97
B LEVEL
100
For each input function ∩ each signal mode Common for all input functions
COLOR MODE
1
Common for all input functions
MIRROR MODE
OFF
Common for all input functions
OFF
(On video signal input) Common for all input functions
BRIGHT ENHANCE
(VIDEO)
OFF
(On PC signal input) Common for INPUT 3,4
OSD
(PC)
ON
Common for all input functions
BAUD RATE
4800BPS
Common for all input functions
FAN CONTROL
AUTO
Common for all input functions
HOUR METER
0
Operation hour
SUB VOLUME
INPUT1
63
INPUT2
63
INPUT3
63
INPUT4
63
FULL MASK
Independent sound volume for each input function
OFF
COLOR DETECT (502MX only)
EURO
MASK CONTROL
ON
lNTE. MODE
ON
Integrator mode operable.
lD No.
– – (Not given)
Only commands with ID:** operable
52
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Adjustments required when the set is repaired or replaced VIDEO ASSY
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
When repaired
When replaced
1) (Procedure 1) Color difference (R-Y/B-Y) adjustment (502MX only) 2) (Procedure 2) Sub-Contrast/Sub-Bright adjustment 3) (Procedure 8) White balance adjustment
When replaced
1) (Procedure 5) 5V/3.3V voltage adjustment
When replaced No adjustment required.
Y DRIVE ASSY
3) (Procedure 8) White balance adjustment
When repaired 3) (Procedure 6) VOFS/VH/IC5V voltage adjustment
MAIN POWER ASSY
When replaced
When repaired 1) (Procedure 3) VSUS/VADR/STB5V/+14V voltage adjustment 2) (Procedure 4) VSUS UVP/+B voltage adjustment
When replaced 1) (Procedure 3) VSUS voltage adjustment (Adjust the voltage to the voltage value mentioned on the “Drive voltage label”)
1) (Procedure 6) VOFS voltage adjustment (Adjust the voltage to the voltage value mentioned on the “Drive voltage label”)
U-COM ASSY When replaced Remove IC3601, EEPROM (24LC64(1)SN-TBB) from the defect ASSY and replace it with the one on the new ASSY.
Caution: Setting of SW, S111 at MAIN POWER ASSY PDP-502MXE Only: Set the SW, S111 to AC220V side. Otherwise the power will shutdown. PDP-502MX/505HD: Set the SW, S111 to AC100V side.
Drive Voltage Label
Position of Drive Voltage Label
53
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Adjusting Method Procedure
Adjusting Item
Input signal
Adjusting Point REFERENCE 2 in Factory mode R–Y LEVEL ….…. "BS5" Key
1
Color-difference Level adjustment (R–Y LEVEL/ B–Y LEVEL) (502MX only)
Adjusting Method R-Y LEVEL adjustment Observe R-Y color-difference waveform at Pin 3 (INT_Cr) of IC1401 (MATRIX IC) in VIDEO Assy. Adjust R-Y LEVEL so that the point indicated in the right figure becomes "260mV±15mV".
260±15 mV
Full Field Color bar signal REFERENCE 2 in Factory mode B–Y LEVEL ….…. "BS7" Key
B-Y LEVEL adjustment Observe B-Y color-difference waveform at Pin 4 (INT_Cb) of IC1401(MATRIX IC) in VIDEO Assy. Adjust B-Y LEVEL so that the point indicated in the right figure becomes "260mV±15mV".
260±15 mV
SUB VIDEO mode in Factory mode SUB CONTRAST.…. "1" Key SUB BRIGHT .…. "2" Key ACL. SW .…. .…. "BS5" Key
SUB BRIGHT / SUB CONTRAST adjustment 1) SUB BRIGHT rough adjustment Set P. ACL. SW OFF. Observe signal at K2417 in Video Assy. Adjust so that the blanking period level of the signal becomes 0 IRE level. 2) SUB CONTRAST adjustment Set P. ACL. SW OFF. Adjust so that 0 to 100 IRE level of the signal at K2417 in Video Assy becomes "0.8V".
2
SUB CONTRAST/ SUB BRIGHTNESS adjustment
RAMP signal
3) SUB BRIGHT fine adjustment Set P. ACL. SW ON. Adjust so that the signal level in blanking period at K2417 in Video Assy becomes 0 IRE level. 4) Signal level (adjustment value) confirmation Set P. ACL. SW ON. Observe the signal at K2417 in Video Assy . Confirm that the 0 IRE to 100 IRE level of the signal is "0.58V".
SUB BRIGHT Adjustment
0±20 mV H Blanking Period
100 IRE
0.8±0.02 V
0 IRE SUB CONTRAST Adjustment
100 IRE
0.58±0.05 V
0 IRE Signal level (adjustment value) confirmation
54
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Procedure
Adjusting Item
Input signal
Adjusting Point
VR201 (VSUS) MAIN POWER ASSY
Adjusting Method VSUS (Sustain voltage) adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP201(VSUS) and TP202 (SUS GND) becomes ±1V of the voltage indicated at the "voltage indication label". The symptom in case of mis-adjustment If the VSUS adjustment is not performed properly, dots like blinking luminance points appear. If deviated greatly from the right adjustment point, Panel will stop lighting.
3
VSUS/VADR/ STB5V/+14V Voltage adjustment
White 100% signal
VADR (Address voltage) adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP301(VADR) and TP302 (ADR GND) becomes "59V±0.5V". VR301 (VADR) MAIN POWER ASSY
The symptom in case of mis-adjustment If the VADR adjustment is not performed properly, dots like blinking luminance points appear. If deviated greatly from the right adjustment point, Panel will light white.
VR111 (STB5V) MAIN POWER ASSY
STB5V adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP111(STB5V) and TP113(STB GND) becomes "+5V ± 0.1V".
VR356 (+14V) MAIN POWER ASSY
+14V adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP355(+14V) and TP356 (AGND) becomes "+14V ± 0.1V".
Note) Be sure to measure between specified test points.
4
VSUS UVP/+B Voltage adjustment
White 100% signal
VR401 (VSUS UVP) MAIN POWER ASSY
VSUS UVP adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP404 (V1) and TP405 (V2) becomes "0V ± 10mV".
VR131 (+B) MAIN POWER ASSY
+B Voltage adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP131 (+B) and TP132 (P. GND) becomes "+380V ± 1.0V".
Note) Normally, these adjustments are not needed in repair service. Adjust them only when VR is rotated by mistake and it needs to be re-adjusted. Moreover, be sure to measure between specified test points in adjustment. VR552 (5V) DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
+5V adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP553 (5V) and TP554 (DGND) becomes "+5V ± 0.05V".
VR602 (3.3V) DIGITAL VIDEOASSY
+3.3V adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP601 (3.3V) and TP602 (DGND) becomes "3.3V ± 0.05V".
Any input signal
5
5V/3.3V Voltage adjustment
Note) Be sure to use a non-metallic screw driver such as a ceramic screw driver in the adjustment. If a metallic screw driver is used, DC/DC converter may operate wrongly. Moreover, be sure to measure between specified test points.
55
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Procedure
Adjusting Item
Input signal
Adjusting Point
VR700 (VOFS) Y DRIVE ASSY
Adjusting Method VOFS (Offset voltage) adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP705 (VOFS) and TP703 (SUS GND) becomes ± 0.5V" of the voltage indicated at the "voltage indication label". The symptom in case of mis-adjustment If the VOFS adjustment is not performed properly, dots like blinking luminance points appear. If deviated greatly from the right adjustment point, Panel will light white.
6
VOFS/VH/IC5V Voltage adjustment
VR750 (VH) Y DRIVE ASSY
VH (voltage for Scan IC) adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP751 (VH) and TP753 (PSUS) becomes "103V ± 0.5V". PSUS (=GNDH) is a floating GND and the electric potential is different from that of chassis GND. Be sure not to short-circuit PSUS (=GNDH) and another GND, because that may damage the unit. The symptom in case of mis-adjustment If the VH adjustment is not performed properly, dots like blinking luminance points appear. If deviated greatly from the right adjustment point, panel will light white.
White 100% signal
VR851 (IC5V) Y DRIVE ASSY
IC5V adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between TP851 (IC5V) and TP854 (PSUS) becomes "+5.0V ± 0.1V". PSUS (=GNDH) is a floating GND and the electric potential is different from that of chassis GND. Be sure not to short-circuit PSUS (=GNDH) and another GND, because that may damage the unit.
Note) Be sure to measure between specified test points.
7
Sustain Pulse Waveform adjustment
White 100% signal
DRIVE ADJ mode in Factory mode X-SUS-G.…..."2" Key Y-SUS-G .….."4" Key
X-SUS-G, Y-SUS-G adjustment Set to the indicated value with a key on the remote control unit. (refer to DRIVE ADJ mode)
DRIVE ADJ mode in Factory mode X-SUS-B.…..."1" Key Y-SUS-B .….."3" Key
X-SUS-B, Y-SUS-B adjustment 1) Set adjustment value to "8", and confirm that green mis-discharging dots do not appear within 20mm from top & bottom of Screen. 2) When green mis-discharging dots appear, decrease the adjustment value "1" by "1" until green mis-discharging dots will disappear. Set the adjustment value when the green disappear. 3) Observe sustain waveform at each Drive Assy, between K3402 (X-PSUS) and K3404 (SUS-GND), and TP3716 (Y-PSUS) and TP3713 (SUS-GND). Confirm that the waveform is not distorted.
The symptom in case of mis-adjustment Green mis-discharging dots appear within 20mm from top & bottom of Screen.
56
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Procedure
Adjusting Item
Input signal
Adjusting Point
Preparation setting
REFERENCE 1 Set CONTRAST to "128" and BRIGHT to "128". in Factory mode CONTRAST...."1" Key BRIGHT .…...."2" Key
1) RAMP signal
REFERENCE 1 in Factory mode R LOW......... "10" Key G LOW........ "11" Key B LOW......... "12" Key
3) RAMP signal
White Balance adjustment
REFERENCE 1 in Factory mode R HIGH........... "7" Key G HIGH........... "8" Key B HIGH........... "9" Key
SUB VIDEO mode 4) White Signal in Factory mode (56 IRE: Gray) ACL. SW ........."BS5" Key
Skin color
LOW LIGHT adjustment 1) Observe the signals at TP terminals R: K2423, G: K2424, B: K2425, of VIDEO ASSY. Adjust with the keys on the remote control unit, so that the black level (0 IRE) of the signal is within the DC voltage range of "1.85V ± 0.05V". 2) Adjust with the keys on the remote control unit, so that the image on the screen becomes a little greenish white (T=8500k, dev.=0.005uv).
2) White Signal (14 IRE: Gray)
8
Adjusting Method
REFERENCE 1 in Factory mode COLOR..........."3" Key TINT .…..........."4" Key
HIGH LIGHT adjustment 3) Set P. ACL. SW OFF. Observe TP terminals R: K2423, G: K2424, B: K2425 of VIDEO ASSY. Adjust with the keys on the remote control unit, so that the white level (100 IRE) is within the DC voltage range of "2.8V ± 0.05V". 4) Adjust with the keys on the remote control unit. so that the image on the screen becomes a little greenish white (T=8500k, dev.=0.005uv). Convergence adjustment 5) Repeat procedure 2) and 4) to converge the white balance. 6) After the adjustment, set ACL. SW ON. Color balance adjustment After adjusting the white balance, check the skin color of figures in LD still pictures. If the color is not natural, adjust it with the keys on the remote control unit.
(Reference) Adjustment values using the Minolta color-difference meter (CA-100) NTSC
20% Window-Step signal (–3dB) White Balance 80% Window-Step signal (–3dB)
Skin Color
9
MASK Level adjustment
Any input
Window -chroma signal
DRIVE ADJ mode in Factory mode R SIDE LEVEL ........."10" Key G SIDE LEVEL ........."11" Key B SIDE LEVEL ........."12" Key
PAL
HD
PC
x
291
293
291
291
y
307
301
307
307
Y
3.9
2.9
2.9
2.5
x
291
293
291
293
y
307
301
307
301
Y
87.2
72.5
87.2
64.3
x
466
440
428
––––
y
388
370
377
––––
Side mask Color/Level adjustment Set to the indicated value with the keys on the remote control unit. (refer to DRIVE ADJ Mode)
Full mask Color/Level adjustment DRIVE ADJ mode in Factory mode Set to the indicated value with the keys on the remote control unit. R FULL LEVEL (refer to DRIVE ADJ Mode) ........"BS5" Key G FULL LEVEL ........"BS7" Key B FULL LEVEL ........"BS9" Key
57
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Procedure
Adjusting Item
Input signal
Adjusting Point
Any input
10
Base Pulse number Adjustment (502MX only)
SUB VIDEO mode in Factory mode PULSE NUMBER ........."8" Key
11
ABL Level Value Adjustment (502MX only)
Set to the indicated value with the keys on the remote control unit. (refer to SUB VIDEO mode)
Note) If unnecessarily adjusted, power consumption is changed and the panel is damaged. Adjust only in case of necessity.
Any input
SUB VIDEO mode Set to the indicated value with the keys on the remote control unit. in Factory mode (refer to SUB VIDEO mode) ABL LEVEL ...."9" Key
Note) If unnecessarily adjusted, power consumption is changed and the panel is damaged. Adjust only in case of necessity.
Any input
12
Adjusting Method
ABL Level Offset adjustment
REFERENCE 1 in Factory mode ABL LEV OFFSET ........."BS9" Key
Adjust to the ABL value mentioned on the "Drive voltage label" at the chassis of the glass panel.
Note) If unnecessarily adjusted, power consumption is changed and the panel is damaged. Adjust only in case of necessity.
13
Any input
Pulse Number Offset adjustment
REFERENCE 1 in Factory mode PLS NUM OFFSET ........."BS11" Key
Set to the indicated value with the keys on the remote control unit. (refer to REFERENCE 1 mode)
Note) If unnecessarily adjusted, power consumption is changed and the panel is damaged. Adjust only in case of necessity.
TOP
TP703 (SUS GND) VR700 (VOFS)
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
TOP
TP705 (VOFS)
Y DRIVE ASSY
TP854 (PSUS)
VR851 TP851 (IC5V) (IC5V)
VR552 (+5V) TP554 (DGND)
VR750 ( VH )
TP753 (PSUS) TP751 (VH)
TP553 (+5V)
Adjusting points and Measuring points 58
TP601 (+3.3V)
VR602 (+3.3V)
TP602 (DGND)
TP111 (STB +5V)
TP113 (STB GND)
TP356 (AGND)
TP355 (+14V)
TP405 (V2)
TP404 (V1)
TP201 (VSUS)
TP202 (SUS GND)
TP302 (ADR GND)
TP301 (VADR)
VR356 (+14V)
VR401 (VSUS UVP)
VR201 (VSUS)
MAIN POWER ASSY
VR301 (VADR)
TOP TP131 (+B)
VR111 (STB+5V)
TP132 (P. GND)
VR131 (+B)
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Adjusting points and Measuring points
59
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
7. GENERAL INFORMATION 7.1 DIAGNOSIS
D441 D443 D439
7.1.1 DIAGNOSIS METHOD
D407
D437
This PDP has several protection circuits, and the operation of the circuits activate power down circuit and set the unit automatically to standby mode in order to protect the circuit. Power shut down operation of the unit can roughly be diagnosed by LED indicators at Main Power Assy. Lighting of LEDs can be confirmed through five holes on Rear Panel.
Diagnosis of malfunctions when power down occurs (in lighting LEDs at Main Power Assy) Lighting LED
The state of circuit
D407 High between base & emitter of Q415
High between base & emitter of Q417
High between base & emitter of Q419
D408 Anode is High / High between base & emitter of Q426
D408 Anode is High / High between base & emitter of Q416
60
P.D. circuit in operation
Diagnosis
Failure points
Estimated failure parts
VSUS OVP
When RCC Control (A) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
RCC Control (A) Assy
IC203 • Q208 • R232 • D224 • 226
When OTL Control(A) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
OTL Control (A) Assy
IC204 • Q209 • 210 • R260
Even when RCC Control(A) Assy and OTL Control(A) Assy are replaced, P.D occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy
IC201 • 202
When RCC Control (B) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
RCC Control (B) Assy
IC303 • Q305 • R316 • 314
When OTL Control (B) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
OTL Control (B) Assy
IC304 • Q306 • 307 • R346
Even when RCC Control(B) Assy and OTL Control (B) Assy are replaced, P.D occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy
IC301 • 302
When RCC Control (C) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
RCC Control (C) Assy
IC353 • Q353 • R364 • D362 • 364
When OTL Control(C) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
OTL Control (C) Assy
IC354 • Q356 • 357 • R396
Even when RCC Control (C) Assy and OTL Control (C) Assy are replaced, P.D occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy
IC351 • 352
When CN205 is disconnected, P.D. occurs, and when RCC Control (A) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
RCC Control (A) Assy
IC203 • Q208 • R232 • 254 • C221
When CN205 is disconnected, P.D. occurs, and when OTL Control (A) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
OTL Control (A) Assy
IC204 • Q209 • 210 • R260
When CN205 is disconnected, P.D. occurs, and even when RCC Control (A) Assy and OTL Control (A) Assy are replaced, P.D occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy
IC201 • 202 • D212 • 214
When CN3401 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
X DRIVE Assy
Pulse module IC3402 • 3405
When CN3601 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
Y DRIVE Assy
Pulse module IC3604 • 3609 • 3610
When CN205 is disconnected, P.D. occurs, and when RCC Control (B) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
RCC Control (B) Assy
IC303 • Q305 • R316 • 338 • D320 • C317
When CN205 is disconnected, P.D. occurs, and when OTL Control (B) Assy is replaced, P.D. does not occur.
OTL Control (B) Assy
IC304 • Q306 • 307 • R346
VADR OVP
14V OVP
VSUS UVP
VADR UVP
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Lighting LED
The state of circuit
D407 D408 Anode is High/ High between base & emitter of Q416
D408 Anode is High/ High between base & emitter of Q418
D407 • D443
P.D. circuit in operation VADR UVP
14V UVP
D408 Anode is High/ High between base & emitter of Q421
12V UVP
D408 Anode is High/ High between base & emitter of Q420
8V UVP
D408 Anode is High/ High between base & emitter of Q435
–8V UVP
Diagnosis
Failure points
When CN205 is disconnected, P.D. occurs, and even when RCC Control (B) Assy and OTL Control (B) Assy are replaced, P.D occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy
When CN205 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
CABLE Assy
When CN306 & 354 are disconnected, P.D. occurs.
IC301 • 302 • Q302
RCC Control (C) Assy • OTL Control (C) Assy • IC351 • 352
When CN306 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
ANALOG VIDEO Assy
When CN354 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
Y DRIVE Assy IC5V D/D CONV. BLOCK
IC852
When CN355 is disconnected, P.D. occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy 12V D/D CONV. BLOCK
When CN356 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy D/D CONV. BLOCK
RCC Control (C) Assy • OTL Control (C) Assy • IC351 • 352 IC551 • 601 • Q554 • 555 • 604 • 605
When CN306 is disconnected, P.D. occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy 8V D/D CONV. BLOCK
When CN306 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
ANALOG VIDEO Assy
When CN306 is disconnected, P.D. occurs.
MAIN POWER Assy –8V D/D CONV. BLOCK
When CN306 is disconnected, P.D. does not occur.
ANALOG VIDEO Assy
RCC Control (C) Assy • OTL Control (C) Assy • IC351 • 352
RCC Control (C) Assy • OTL Control (C) Assy • IC351 • 352 • D373
D405 Anode is High
B OVP
High between base & emitter of Q111
AC200V P.D.
D852 Anode is High.
VF OVP
Y DRIVE Assy
TP555 Hi
5V OVP 5V UVP
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy 5V D/D CONV.BLOCK
IC551
TP556 Hi
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy 3.3V D/D CONV. BLOCK
IC601
TP604 Hi
3.3V OVP
TP603 Hi
3.3V UVP
TP555 Lo
ICP OPEN
TP556 Lo TP603 Lo
AC power input is appropriate.
When the power supply is turned on, a part of the screen shines in white momentarily and P.D. occurs.
D4501 Anode is High. D407 D3457 Anode is High. • D441
IC131
MAIN POWER Assy STB BLOCK
IC111 • 112 • 113 • T111
IC1008 • Q1001–Q1006
Address Module
UPD16340 (IC??????)
AUDIO Assy
12V OCP
X DRIVE Assy Pulse Module X DRIVE Assy RESET DRIVE BLOCK
VOFS OVP
K705Hi
VOFS UVP
Drive section (drive control signals & drive signal output elements) in normal operation. VOFS D/D Conv. Block in normal operation
VH OVP
IC852 • 853 • 854
CABLE Assy RESONATOR BLOCK
AUDIO P.D.
K706Hi
K754Hi
MAIN POWER Assy PFC BLOCK
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy DIGITAL BLOCK
TP604 Lo
D407 • D439
MAIN POWER Assy 14V D/D CONV. BLOCK
Estimated failure parts
IC2201 IC4502 • C4520 • 4522 Pulse module IC3402 • 3405 Q3401 • 3402 • 3403
Y DRIVE Assy VOFS D/D CONV. BLOCK
IC702 • 704
Y DRIVE Assy VOFS D/D CONV. BLOCK
IC701 • 702 • 704
Y DRIVE Assy SUS_MSK BLOCK Y DRIVE Assy VH D/D CONV. BLOCK
R3717 • 3730 IC751 • 752
61
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Lighting LED
The state of circuit
P.D. circuit in operation
D407 • D439
K751Hi
VH UVP
Diagnosis
Failure points
Drive section (drive control signals & drive signal output elements) in normal operation.
Y DRIVE Assy VH D/D CONV. BLOCK
VH D/D Conv.Block in normal operation
Estimated failure parts IC751 • 752 • 755
SCAN IC
SCAN MODULE
Scan Module in normal operation.
Y DRIVE Assy IC5V D/D CONV. BLOCK
IC851 • 852 • 853
K804Hi
VRN OVP
Drive section (drive control signals & drive signal output elements) in normal operation.
Y DRIVE Assy VRN D/D CONV. BLOCK
IC801 • 803
K801Hi
VRN UVP
VRN D/D Conv. Block in normal operation.
Y DRIVE Assy VRN D/D CONV. BLOCK
IC801 • 802 • 803 R3717 • 3730
YDRIVE Assy SUS_MSK BLOCK
D407 • D437
K854Hi
IC5V OVP
K3607Hi
12V OCP
IC851 • 853
Y DRIVE Assy IC5V D/D CONV. BLOCK Output voltage of IC3606, 3607, 3608 are normal
Pulse module IC3604 • 3605 • 3609 • 3610
Output voltage of IC3606, 3607, 3608 are abnormal.
IC3611 • 3612 • 3613 • 3615 • 3601 • 3602 • 3603 • 3614
K3704Hi
RESET OCP
Y DRIVE Assy RESET BLOCK
D3751 Anode is High.
DRIVE STOP P.D.
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
Q3708 IC2201 (IC23)
OVP: Over Voltage Protection, OCP: Over Current Protection, UVP: Under Voltage Protection
Diagnosis of malfunctions by power coming up sequence Vsus discharge
Vsus 170V Vadr 59V Vcc +14V/+8V/+12V/VF
Vadr STBY +5V/+12V STBY LED ON (RED)
STBY mode
Approx. 1.3 sec
Approx. 0.4 sec
D205 (RED) D355 (RED) ON D305 (RED) ON
Power off
Main Power Power on on
0.02 sec or more
STBY mode
D205 (YEL) ON Approx. 1.4 sec (AC100V) Approx. 0.04 sec (AC220V)
Power off
Power off
Main Power off
The power coming up sequence of power supply
Simple diagnosis using LEDs at Main Power Assy The state of LEDs at Main Power Assy After D205 lights up in red, D407 lights up. (D205 lights up in yellow in normal operation.)
62
Estimated P.D. circuit in operation VSUS UVP
After D305 is put out the light, D407 lights up. (D305 lights up in red in normal operation.)
VADR UVP
After D355 is put out the light, D407 lights up. (D355 lights up in red in normal operation.)
14V • 12V • ±8V UVP, B OVP, VF OVP
D407 lights up at the stand-by mode.
AC200V P.D.
After D205, D305 and D355 lights up normally, D407 lights up.
VSUS OVP
After D305 and D355 lights up normally, D407 lights up.
VADR OVP
After D355 lights up normally, D407 lights up.
14V OVP
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Diagnosis when under voltage is detected at V SUS / V ADR voltage lines. Disconnect connector CN205 P5 at Main Power Assy and turn on the power. If the power is turned on and D205 at Main Power Assy lights up in yellow, cause of the under voltage is not inside Main Power Assy. If P.D. occurs, V SUS / V ADR DC-DC Converter block at Main Power Assy may be defective.
Diagnosis when under voltage is detected at 14V, 12V, +-8V voltage lines Be sure to turn off High Power CUT SW, S301 at Power Supply Assy. (important) Disconnect CN306 P6,CN355 P4, CN354 P3, CN353 P2 at Main Power Assy one by one, and turn on the power of the unit. (Do not disconnect all four connectors at the same time and turn on the power. Because this leads to no load of power supply and that is very dangerous.) When the power is turned on with a connector disconnected, and if Low power supply DC-DC Converter operates normally with lighting D355 and D205 in red, cause of under voltage is not inside Main Power Assy. If P.D. still occurs after disconnecting each connector, 14V DC-DC Converter block at Main Power Assy may be defective.
The function of High Power CUT SW, S301 at Main Power Assy When S301 is turned off, V SUS / V ADR DC-DC Converter does not operate. However, 14V DC-DC Converter operates normally. Therefore, diagnosis from Signal Input circuit to before Drive circuit is possible without danger of breaking Drive section by mistake.
AC100V/AC200V Change-over SW, S111 at Main Power Assy Only PDP-502MXE is set to AC200V. When the SW is set to AC100V, AC200V P.D. detecting circuit will operate. (Even when the unit is in Stand-by mode, the detecting circuit is in operation.)
Diagnoses of the malfunctions by LEDs at Digital Video Assy, D2302/D2306 LED Title (Color of Light)
The timing of lighting
Estimated failure parts
D2302
STOP (GREEN)
Lights on in normal operation It lights up at every V rate, when Drive pulse output from IC2201 is normal.
Around IC2101/IC2151/IC2801 /X3202 (Xtal)
D2302
PBusy (RED)
Light is put off in normal operation. It lights up when System Control CPU (IC3604) and Panel CPU are communicating.
Around Connector and Panel CPU and X3202/X3201 (Xtal)
D2306
IP Busy (RED)
It lights up at every V rate during IP processing.(Video input) Light is put off when IP processing is not done. (PC input)
Around IC1801/IC1901/IC2001
Diagnosis of malfunctions other than the operation of protection circuits The state of the unit
Estimated failure mode
STBY indicator does not light at all
AC power input is not appropriate. Stand-by power supply block is defective. U-com Assy is defective. Connectors disconnected.
Power does not go on Power shuts down immediately after power on. (back to Stand-by)
U-com Assy is defective.
Dots like luminance spots appear on the screen.
Drive section voltage is abnormal. (VSUS, VADR, VOFS, VH, VRN) X Drive Assy and Y Drive Assy are defective. Scan Module is defective.
Screen does not emit lights at all. Fuse is blown.
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is defective. Q131–Q136, D131, IC131 Defective R133, R134, R168 Defective Q201, Q202, RCC Control (A) Assy, OTL Control (A) Assy Defective Q301, Q302, RCC Control (B) Assy, OTL Control (B) Assy Defective Q351, Q354, RCC Control (C) Assy, OTL Control (C) Assy Defective
63
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Note for repairing in case of blown fuses Never turn on the power of the unit again just by replacing the fuse, when the fuse is blown. Because, it is rare case that the fuse itself is defective. If the power is turned on again without resolving the cause of over current, the unit is damaged more. Be sure to check parts such as In-Rush current protective resistors where excessive current may flow. Because, they may be damaged secondarily. Be sure to find out all defective parts caused by a blown fuse. Because, if the power is turned on with even one defective part left in the circuit, this may lead the other parts to become defective again.
TOP
Y DRIVE ASSY TOP
X DRIVE ASSY
TP707 VOFS UVP TP706 VOFS OVP
K3410 X-P. D
TP804 VRN UVP TP802 VRN OVP TP754 VH UVP TP752 VH OVP
64
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
TOP
MAIN POWER ASSY CN205 P5
D205
CN353 P2 Q415
D305 CN354 P3
Q426
Q417
Q418
CN306 P6
Q416
Q420
Q419 Q421
CN355 P4
S111
D355
S301 Q435 D408
D405 D448
Q111
D407
D443
D441
D439
Fuse (FU101)
D437
TOP
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY D2306 D2302
TP555 5V OVP
TP604 3.3V OVP
TP556 5V UVP
TP603 3.3V UVP
65
1
2
3
4
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE Protection Circuits MAIN POWER ASSY +B OVP
A
VF OVP
AC200V P.D.
+8V UVP
–8V UVP
+12V UVP
X DRIVE ASSY
+14V UVP
+14V OVP
+12V OCP R3438
R3437 R3439 5.6k
10k
B
R3440
5.6k
C3424
10k
R3442
10k C3425
Q3405
D3408 47/16
R3444 2.2k R3443
Q3406
VADR UVP
VADR OVP
VSUS UVP
VSUS OVP
UCOM ASSY
C
AUDIO AMP ASSY
+3.3V UVP
+3.3V OVP
+5V OVP
+5V UVP
AUDIO P.D.
D
66 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Y DRIVE ASSY Y DC/DC BLOCK
Y DRIVE BLOCK
IC5V OVP
12V OCP
A
VOFS OVP
VOFS UVP
VH OVP
B
VH UVP
VRN OVP
C
VRN UVP
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
CABLE ASSY
D
67 5
6
7
8
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Service Position 1. MAIN POWER ASSY
3
Remove the harness from Wire Saddle
1 Remove two screws
1 Remove two screws MAIN POWER ASSY
VIDEO ASSY
2
Loosen two screws
4
MAIN POWER ASSY
MAIN POWER ASSY
5
68
Stand Main Power Assy
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
2. VIDEO ASSY
Note) Shield Case of Video Assy should not touch the heat sink at the primary side of Main Power Assy in standing Video Assy. (Noise may be generated and that may break the Main Power Assy)
4 Release Video Assy from PCB Hinge
1 Remove a screw
1 Remove a screw
3 3
Remove the harness from Wire Saddle
Remove the harness from Wire Saddle
VIDEO ASSY
2
Remove all screws and nuts from Terminal Panel
VIDEO ASSY
5 After pulling VIDEO Assy backward to release it from Terminal Panel, insert it to the PCB Hinge again.
69
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
∗Screw Collar
7.1.2 DISASSEMBLY
(AEC1848)
1. Removing Front Case (Figure 1) 1) Secure the unit on the stand in the upright position. 2) Remove 14 screws A: BBZ40P160FZK at the outermost circumference of Rear Case. There is one screw with a screw collar. Pay attention to the direction of the collar. (Refer to Figure 1) 3) Remove 4 screws B : BBZ40P160FZK. 4) In this condition, only Front Case can be detached from the unit by pulling out Front Case in the forward direction. Note) Be careful of Remote Receiver Holder and SW Holder in detaching Front Case, because they are not fixed to Front Case.
The screw collar has a direction to fit in. Although mark is not indicated for this screw, it must be removed
A A B
A
Front Case
A
A
A B A
A
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
A
B
2. Removing Rear Case (Figure 2) Place the unit with Front Panel down on a flat cushion. Remove a screw rivet (AEC1852). Remove 14 screws A. (Refer to Removing Front Case) Remove 17 screws C: AMZ30P100FZK. Remove 2 stand-bolts D: ABA1277. In this condition, Rear Case can be detached.
A A
B A
C
Figure 1 Removing Front Case
C C Screw Rivet
C ×5 C
C
C
C
C D
C Rear Case Frame
C
C C
D
Figure 2 Removing Rear Case
70
Rear Case
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
3.Removing and installing Front Protection Panel Note) Attach Panel Cushion V along the base of bending line of Panel Holder V, and attach Panel Cushion H along the edge of Panel Holder Assy like shown in Figure 3. Panel Holder V / Panel Shield V and Panel Holder Assy / Panel Shield H are inlaid fixed structures. Be careful not to lose Remote Receiver lens, because it is not fixed to any where after removing Panel Holder Assy.
1) Remove all 30 screws E: BPZ30P080FZK that fixes Panel Holder V and Panel Holder Assy to Front Case. 2) Remove Front Protection Panel and replace it. 3) Install Front Protection Panel by attaching to the bottom left side first, and then attach a Corner Cushion to each corner (only bottom left side, attach a Corner Gasket). Note) When new Front Protection Panel is installed, Front Cushion H and Front Cushion V attached to Front Case are not needed to be replaced. 4) Assemble Front Case in the opposite order of disassembling it. Mount Panel Holder Assy first, then mount Panel Holder V.
Panel Cushion H
Panel Cushion V
Place it along the edge Panel Holder Assy
Place it along the base of bending line Panel Holder V
How to attach Panel Cushions
Panel Cushion V
Panel Cushion H
E ×5 Panel Holder V
Corner Cushion
In this two corners, do not put the Panel cushion on the other one.
Corner Cushion
E ×10 Panel Holder Assy
Panel Cushion H Front Protection Panel
Corner Cushion
Panel Cushion V Corner Cushion
Panel Holder Assy
E ×5
E ×10
Panel Holder V
Front Case
71
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
7.1.3 WIRING When forming the wire cables, be careful not to exert excessive pressure on the cables as this will result in the disconnection of the connectors.
Press-down type lower contact connector 1. Locking Lock applying force in the arrow direction so that the connector is pressed down inwards.
2. Unlocking
Matters that require attention of upper contact connector (Use with VIDEO ASSY A33 and DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY D20 ) Lock cancel release step 1 Throw on lever of right and left each side with claw, and please draw in right and left real time slowly to orientation of arrow. Then lever is damaged that by one side seems to go down.
Push up with your nail, or something soft. Do not use thin tools such as the tip of screwdrivers, because they will damage the electrode. Lever
Lever Flexible Flat Cable
Draw with both hand slowly simultaneously
1.5 – 2mm
2 Clearance of connector main frame and lever is 1.5mm - around 2mm, and lock is removed. (be damaged when it goes down more than this.) Draw out Flexible Flat Cable lightly to arrow orientation, and please pull up. 1.5 – 2mm
Insert the flexible cables straight until the end. Insert the flexible cable reinforcing plates in parallel to the connectors. Moreover, insert the horizontal-connecting connectors horizontally. In connecting Address Modules and Cable Assy, and in connecting Scan Modules and Y Drive Assy with the flexible cables, hook both edges of the flexible cables on the connectors and fix them, then close the covers. Insert the flexible cables in parallel to the connector, otherwise the connectors may be damaged.
1 Hook it on the connector.
3
Address Module side Hook it on the connector.
2 Pull it slightly
Note) When closing the connector cover, press both edges of the cover by fingers to lock it. Pressing the center of the cover may damage it.
72
Flexible Flat Cable
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE Earth
AC Inlet
Power SW (S1) Ferrite Core To Ferrite Core To Ferrite Core
To J112
POWER SW (S1)
AC Inlet
Brown
Blue
MAIN POWER ASSY
VIDEO ASSY
J124 is turned besides hinji
J128 wiring jig use
J125 is drawn out as shown in figure
J114 passes this space
73
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
Y DRIVE ASSY Wire Assy is inserted in a wire saddle, and it is controlled, and it is touched in bottom if possible
D20
X DRIVE ASSY
U-COM ASSY
74
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Flexible cable of CABLE Assy (5) does styling under flexible cable of CABLE Assy (4)
K2
D14
D6
K2
D19
E16
U-COM Assy E15 E10
LOWER
E 38
H3
D12 E 7 E17 E18
E6
Y DRIVE Assy
D4 D18
F7 F6
X DRIVE Assy
H5
E5 E2
D11
E26 E27 E28
CABLE Assy (7)
E3 E19
D16
D10
CABLE Assy (6)
E1 E8 E 22 E12
K2
D22
H4
D8
K2
B3
H1
D9
B2
H2
D7
D17 D20
E 35 E21 E24 E23
AUDIO AMP Assy
H6
D5
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
F5
K2
D3
D1
D13
CABLE Assy (5)
H7
E 33
K2
K2
CABLE Assy (8)
SCAN (A) Assy
K2
K2
CABLE Assy (4)
CABLE Assy (3)
CABLE Assy (9)
K2
SCAN (B) Assy
CABLE Assy (2)
CABLE Assy (1)
UPPER
Flexible Cable let the ferrite core going through
Flexible cable of CABLE Assy (1) does styling under flexible cable of CABLE Assy (2)
CABLE Assy (10)
U1
Flexible cable of CABLE Assy (9) is clamped, and flexible cable of CABLE Assy (10) does styling in the addition Flexible Cable let the ferrite core going through
75
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
8. PANEL FACILITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS PANEL FACILITIES Main unit
Operation panel on the main unit
(for PDP-502MX and PDP-502MXE) STANDBY/ON
Main unit
3 4
INPUT
MENU
5 6
ADJUST
7 SET
SIZE
DISPLAY
8 9 0
Main unit 1 Display stand
1
2 Remote control sensor Point the remote control toward the remote sensor to operate the unit
Operation panel on the main unit
3
STANDBY/ON indicator This indicator is red during standby mode, and turns to green when the unit is in the operation mode.
4 STANDBY/ON button Press to put the display in operation or standby mode.
5 INPUT button Press to select input.
6 MENU button Press to open and close the on-screen menu.
76
2
Note When optional speakers have been connected, the operation panel on the main unit will not be operable.
7 ADJUST (5/∞/3/2) buttons Use to navigate menu screens and to adjust various settings on the unit. Usage of cursor buttons within operations is clearly indicated in the on-screen display.
8 SET button Press to adjust or enter various settings on the unit.
9 SIZE button Press to manually select the screen size.
0 DISPLAY button Press to view the unit’s current input and setup mode.
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Remote Control Unit (for PDP-502MX and PDP-502MXE)
6 1
STANDBY SCREEN /ON
INPUT
VIDEO
2
MUTING
7
SIZE
1
Y/C
8
2
RGB
RGB
(BNC)
(D-sub)
3
4
3
VOL
DISPLAY
9
MENU
4 SET
5 Î
1
STANDBY/ON button Press to put the unit in operation or standby mode.
2 INPUT buttons Use to select the input.
3 MENU button Press to open and close the on-screen menu.
4 ADJUST (5/∞/3/2) buttons Use to navigate menu screens and to adjust various settings on the unit. Usage of cursor buttons within operations is clearly indicated at the bottom the on-screen menu display.
5 SET button Press to adjust or enter various settings on the unit.
6 SCREEN SIZE button Press to manually select the screen size.
7 MUTING button Press to mute the volume.
8 VOL (+/–) buttons Use to adjust the volume.
9 DISPLAY button Press to view the unit’s current input and setup mode.
77
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Control Panel (for PDP-502MX) On this unit there are 4 input system terminals and 2 output system terminals. There are also CONTROL terminals for connection of PIONEER components with the Î mark.
1
–
2
3
4
5
7
8
(INPUT 3/4)
(INPUT 1/2)
+
R SPEAKER
8 Ω – 16 Ω
AUDIO OUTPUT
IN IN OUT OUT COMBINATION CONTROL
RS-232C
1 SPEAKER (R) terminal For connection of an external right speaker. Connect a speaker whose impedance is 8 -16 Ω.
2 AUDIO OUTPUT (Stereo mini jack) Use to output the audio of the selected source component connected to this unit to an AV amplifier or similar component.
3 COMBINATION IN/OUT DO NOT MAKE ANY CONNECTIONS TO THESE TERMINALS. These terminals are used in the factory setup.
4 CONTROL IN/OUT For connection of PIONEER components that bear the Î mark. Making CONTROL connection enables control of this unit as a component in a system.
5 RS-232C DO NOT MAKE ANY CONNECTIONS TO THIS TERMINAL. This terminal is used in the factory setup.
6 AUDIO INPUT (Stereo mini jack) Use to obtain sound when INPUT3 or INPUT4 is selected. Connect the audio output jack of components connected to INPUT3 or INPUT4 to this unit.
78
6
R
–
L
AUDIO INPUT
ANALOG R G B INPUT4
OUTPUT
(ANALOG R G B (
7 AUDIO INPUT (Pin jack) Use to obtain sound when INPUT1 or INPUT2 is selected. Connect the audio output jack of components connected to INPUT1 or INPUT2 to this unit. NOTE: The left audio channel (L) jack is not compatible with monaural input sources.
8 INPUT4 For connection of a personal computer (PC) or similar component. Make sure that the connection made corresponds to the format of the signal output from the connected component. Use the INPUT4 OUTPUT terminal to output the video signal to an external monitor or other component. Note: The video signal will not be output from the INPUT4 OUTPUT terminal when the main power of this unit is off or in standby mode.
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
9
0
-
=
~
!
@
– Y CB/PB CR/PR HD VD G B R [ON SYNC] INPUT3 [H/V SYNC]
75Ωj2.2kΩ
S-VIDEO
Y INPUT2
C
VIDEO OUTPUT INPUT1(INPUT1)
9 INPUT3 For connection of components that have RGB or component output jacks such as a personal computer, DVD player, or external RGB decoder.
0 Synchronizing signal impedance selector switch Depending on the connections made at INPUT3, it may be necessary to set this switch to match the output impedance of the connected component’s synchronization signal. When the output impedance of the component’s synchronization signal is above 75 Ω, set this switch to the 2.2 kΩ position.
- INPUT2 For connection of components that have an S-video output jack or Y/C separate video output jacks such as a video deck, video camera, laser disc player, or DVD player.
MAIN POWER OFF ON
AC INLET
+
SPEAKER
8 Ω – 16 Ω
L
= INPUT1 For connection of components that have a composite video output jack such as a video deck, video camera, laser disc player, or DVD player. Use the INPUT1 OUTPUT jack to output the video signal to an external monitor or other component. Note: The video signal will not be output from the INPUT1 OUTPUT jack when the main power of this unit is off or in standby mode.
~ MAIN POWER switch Use to switch the main power of the unit on and off.
! AC INLET Use to connect the supplied power cord to an AC outlet.
@ SPEAKER (L) terminal For connection of an external left speaker. Connect a speaker that has an impedance of 8 -16 Ω.
Note: Do not use both the S-VIDEO jack and the BNC jacks in parallel. Doing so may cause this unit to malfunction or become damaged.
79
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
Control Panel (for PDP-502MXE)
1
–
2
3
4
5
7
8
+
R SPEAKER
8 Ω – 16 Ω
AUDIO OUTPUT
IN IN OUT OUT COMBINATION CONTROL
RS-232C
1 SPEAKER (R) terminal For connection of an external right speaker. Connect a speaker whose impedance is 8 -16 Ω.
2 AUDIO OUTPUT (Stereo mini jack) Use to output the audio of the selected source component connected to this unit to an AV amplifier or similar component.
3 COMBINATION IN/OUT DO NOT MAKE ANY CONNECTIONS TO THESE TERMINALS. These terminals are used in the factory setup.
4 CONTROL IN/OUT For connection of PIONEER components that bear the Î mark. Making CONTROL connection enables control of this unit as a component in a system.
5 RS-232C DO NOT MAKE ANY CONNECTIONS TO THIS TERMINAL. This terminal is used in the factory setup.
6 AUDIO INPUT (Stereo mini jack) Use to obtain sound when INPUT4 is selected. Connect the audio output jack of components connected to INPUT4 to this jack.
80
6
R (INPUT 4)
–
L
(INPUT 3)
AUDIO INPUT
ANALOG R G B INPUT4
OUTPUT
(ANALOG R G B (
7 AUDIO INPUT (Pin jack) Use to obtain sound when INPUT3 is selected. Connect the audio output jack of components connected to INPUT3 to these jacks. NOTE: The left audio channel (L) jack is not compatible with monaural input sources.
8 INPUT4 For connection of a personal computer (PC). Make sure that the connection made corresponds to the format of the signal output from the connected component. Use the INPUT4 OUTPUT terminal to output the RGB signal to an external monitor or other component. Note: The RGB signal will not be output from the INPUT4 OUTPUT terminal when the main power of this unit is off or in standby mode.
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
9
0
-
=
~
– 75Ωj2.2kΩ
G [ON SYNC]
HD VD B R INPUT3 [H/V SYNC]
MAIN POWER OFF ON
AC INLET
+
SPEAKER
8 Ω – 16 Ω
L
9 INPUT3 For connection of a personal computer.
0 Synchronizing signal impedance selector switch Depending on the connections made at INPUT3, it may be necessary to set this switch to match the output impedance of the personal computer’s synchronization signal. When the output impedance of the personal computer’s synchronization signal is above 75 Ω, set this switch to the 2.2 kΩ position.
- MAIN POWER switch Use to switch the main power of the unit on and off.
= AC INLET Use to connect a power cord to an AC outlet.
~ SPEAKER (L) terminal For connection of an external left speaker. Connect a speaker that has an impedance of 8 -16 Ω.
81
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
SPECIFICATIONS For PDP-502MX
INPUT 4 Input
General Light emission panel ............ 50 inch plasma display panel Number of pixels .............................................. 1280 x 768 Power supply ............................. AC 100 - 120 V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption ................................................ 470 W Standby power consumption ................................... 0.6 W External dimensions ........ 1218 (W) x 714 (H) x 98 (D) mm ............................. 47-31/32 (W) x 28-1/8 (H) x 3-7/8 (D) in. (when using table top stand) ...................................... 1218 (W) x 737 (H) x 300 (D) mm ..................... 47-31/32 (W) x 29-1/32 (H) x 11-13/16 (D) in. Weight ............................................. 40.3 kg (88 lbs. 14 oz) (including table top stand) ................... 41 kg (90 lbs. 7 oz) Operating temperature range ..... 0 to 40 °C (32 to 104 °F) Operating atmospheric pressure range ........................................ 0.8 to 1.1 atmospheric pressure
Input/output Video INPUT 1 Input
BNC jack • Composite video signal 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync.
Output BNC jack 75 Ω /with buffer INPUT 2 Input
INPUT 3 Input
1 S terminal (Mini DIN 4 pin) 2 BNC jack (x2) • Y/C saparate video signal (S2 compatible) Y . . . 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync. C . . . 0.286 Vp-p/75 Ω (NTSC) 0.3 Vp-p/75 Ω (PAL) BNC jack (x5) 1 RGB signal (G ON SYNC compatible) RGB ... 0.7 Vp-p/75 Ω/no sync. HD/CS, VD ... TTL level /positive and negative polarity/ 75 Ω or 2.2 kΩ (impedance switch) G ON SYNC ... 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync. 2 Component video signal Y ... 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync. CB/PB, CR/PR ... 0.525 Vp-p/75 Ω (75% satulation level)
Mini D-sub 15 pin (socket connector) 1 RGB signal (G ON SYNC compatible) RGB ... 0.7 Vp-p/75 Ω/no sync. HD/CS, VD ... TTL level /positive and negative polarity /2.2 kΩ G ON SYNC ... 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync. *Compatible with Microsoft’s Plug & Play (VESA DDC1/2B) 2 Component video signal Y ... 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync. CB/PB, CR/PR ... 0.525 Vp-p/75 Ω (75% satulation level)
Output Mini D-sub 15 pin connector (socket) 75 Ω/with buffer Audio Input
AUDIO INPUT (for INPUT 1/2) Pin jack (x2) L/R ... 500mVrms/more than 10 kΩ AUDIO INPUT (for INPUT 3/4) Stereo mini jack L/R ... 500mVrms/more than 10 kΩ
Output AUDIO OUTPUT Stereo mini jack L/R ... 500mVrms (max)/less than 5 kΩ SPEAKER L/R ... 8 – 16 Ω/2W +2W (at 8 Ω) Control RS-232C ... D-sub 9 pin (pin connector) COMBINATION IN/OUT ... Mini DIN 6 pin (x2) CONTROL IN/OUT ... monaural mini jack (x2)
Accessories Power cord ....................................................................... 1 Pin/BNC conversion adaptor ............................................ 1 Remote control unit ......................................................... 1 Remote control unit case ................................................. 1 AA (R6/UM-3) batteries .................................................... 2 Cleaning cloth ................................................................... 1 Speed clamp .................................................................... 2 Bead band ........................................................................ 2 Warranty ........................................................................... 1 Operations Instructions .................................................... 1 Display stand .................................................................... 2 Washer (large) .................................................................. 2 Washer (small) ................................................................. 2 Hex hole bolt (M8X40) ..................................................... 2 ÷ Due to improvements, specifications and design are subject to change without notice.
82
PDP-502MX, PDP-502MXE
For PDP-502MXE General
Accessories
Light emission panel ............ 50 inch plasma display panel Number of pixels .............................................. 1280 x 768 Power supply ............................ AC 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Rated current .................................................... 5.4 – 2.2 A Standby power consumption ................................... 0.6 W External dimensions ........ 1218 (W) x 714 (H) x 98 (D) mm (when using display stand) ...................................... 1218 (W) x 737 (H) x 300 (D) mm Weight .................................................................... 40.3 kg (including display stand) ........................................ 41.0 kg Operating temperature range ............................ 0 to 40 °C Operating atmospheric pressure range ........................................ 0.8 to 1.1 atmospheric pressure
Remote control unit ......................................................... 1 Remote control unit case ................................................. 1 AA (R6/UM-3) batteries .................................................... 2 Cleaning cloth ................................................................... 1 Speed clamp .................................................................... 2 Bead band ........................................................................ 2 Operating Instructions...................................................... 1 Display stand .................................................................... 2 Washer (large) .................................................................. 2 Washer (small) ................................................................. 2 Hex hole bolt (M8X40) ..................................................... 2
Input/output Video INPUT 3 Input
INPUT 4 Input
÷ Due to improvements, specifications and design are subject to change without notice.
Accessories ST AN /ON DB
Y
VID
SC SIZ RE E
EO
RG
BNC jack (x5) RGB signal (G ON SYNC compatible) RGB ... 0.7 Vp-p/75 Ω/no sync. HD/CS, VD ... TTL level /positive and negative polarity/ 75 Ω or 2.2 kΩ (impedance switch) G ON SYNC ... 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync.
B1
EN MU
Y/C RG
B2
TE
VO
L
MEN
U DISP
SE
T
CU
-V
15
4
Î
Remote Control Unit (CU-V159) (AXD1446)
Hex Hole Bolt ×2 (SMZ80H400FZB)
AA (R6/UM-3) Batteries ×2
Mini D-sub 15 pin (socket connector) RGB signal (G ON SYNC compatible) RGB ... 0.7 Vp-p/75 Ω/no sync. HD/CS, VD ... TTL level /positive and negative polarity /2.2 kΩ G ON SYNC ... 1 Vp-p/75 Ω/negative sync. *Compatible with Microsoft’s Plug & Play (VESA DDC1/2B)
Cleaning Cloth (AED1174)
Remote Control Unit Case (AMR3231)
Washer (large) ×2 (WAX1F200K320)
Washer (small) ×2 (WB80FZB)
Output Mini D-sub 15 pin (socket connector) 75 Ω/with buffer Audio Input
AUDIO INPUT (for INPUT3) Pin jack (x2) L/R ... 500mVrms/more than 10 kΩ AUDIO INPUT (for INPUT4) Stereo mini jack L/R ... 500mVrms/more than 10 kΩ
Output AUDIO OUTPUT Stereo mini jack L/R ... 500mVrms (max)/less than 5 kΩ SPEAKER L/R ... 8 – 16 Ω/2W +2W (at 8 Ω) Control CONTROL IN/OUT ... monaural mini jack (x2)
Power Cord (ADG1178) Display Stand ×2 (AMR3225)
(L= 2 m)
Bead Band Pin/BNC Conversion Adaptor (AKX1052) Speed Clamp
PDP-502MX Only
Binder Assy (AEC1758)
83
Related Documents
Plasma Display
June 2020 9
Plasma Display Technology
June 2020 2
Plasma
June 2020 18
Plasma
November 2019 36
Display
April 2020 30